Insidious Meme

Comple Errore Yupgryeds – 05-11-2024

Comple Errore Yupgryeds - 05-11-2024

Comple Errore Yupgryeds - 05-11-2024

Episode Summary:

The provided text is a detailed transcript of a conversation discussing various scientific and speculative concepts about the universe, galaxy, and our solar system. The speaker describes a complex scenario where the Earth and the solar system have crossed a point termed as M nine, which is a point in the galaxy that purportedly marks a significant change in the type of radiation and energy the Earth receives from the galactic center. This transition is described with a mix of astrophysical concepts and speculative theories linking these changes to broader cosmic cycles and their impact on Earth and humanity.

The speaker also delves into the implications of these cosmic changes, suggesting they could lead to new periods of evolution and innovation. The concept of the yugas, which are cycles of time from Hindu cosmology, is used to provide a framework for understanding these changes. Additionally, the speaker discusses the potential societal and technological complexities arising from these changes, suggesting that as our systems become more complex, the interactions between them could lead to unforeseen consequences.

#CosmicRadiation #MNine #GalacticCenter #Evolution #Technology #Astrophysics #Yugas #SocietalChange #ComplexSystems #Interconnectedness #SpeculativeTheory #Universe #SolarSystem #Earth #Energy #Radiation #Innovation #Cycles #HinduCosmology #GoldenAge #SilverAge #BronzeAge #KaliYuga #AstroPhysics #Galaxy #RadiationEffects #SystemComplexity #NewEra #CosmicInfluence #GalacticCycles #HumanEvolution #TechnologicalAdvancement #GlobalChange #AstrophysicalConcepts #FuturePredictions

Key Takeaways:
  • Earth has crossed a significant galactic point known as M nine, marking a change in the type and intensity of cosmic radiation received.
  • This galactic transition is linked to broader cosmic cycles and potentially to phases of human and biological evolution.
  • Increased complexity in societal and technological systems may lead to unforeseen interactions and challenges.
  • The concepts discussed blend scientific ideas with speculative theories to explain current and future phenomena.
Predictions:
  • Emergence of new technologies and systems as a result of increased galactic radiation.
  • Shift towards more complex societal structures due to evolving cosmic conditions.
  • Potential for significant changes in human evolution and development due to cosmic influences.
Key Players:
  • Vlad (individual mentioned in the transcript)
  • Vernadsky (referenced scientist)
  • Elon (likely Elon Musk, referenced in context of societal change)
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Comple Errore Yupgryeds - 05-11-2024

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's May 11. It's around 1030 or so. I spent a frustrating 15 or 20 minutes trying to get Zoom to update out here so that I could connect with Vlad from Ireland, who's not in Ireland at the moment.

He's elsewhere on the continent, Europe. But it didn't make any difference. The updater keeps failing. So every time I tried to run Zoom, it would reach a critical point and crash. We're going to try something else and reschedule all kinds of stuff going on.

Obviously, it's the first morning after our first exposure here of the the solar flares, right? The waves of them having some tea out here and taking the sun at the moment, it's nice to get some and make some vitamin D. Anyway, so we passed the m nine point, right? It has nothing to do with May.

It's not like May 9. It just was coincidental that we actually probably passed it on the 8th. This is. And I say probably because here's our situation, we have no ability to see our own galaxy, right? We have to make a lot of inferences as to where or what, what our galaxy looks like, where we're at, within it, and this kind of thing.

We have to infer an approximate point of the absolute center of the galaxy. We have to infer an equatorial line out from that, and we have to estimate and guess at a lot of the angles of radiation that are coming out from this tall column of hundreds of millions of suns that is in the middle of our Milky Way galaxy. The concept is that we have this giant column of perhaps hundreds of millions. We just don't know. Because the light's so bright, we can't differentiate hundreds of millions of suns in a relatively concentrated area in the center of the galaxy that is sending out waves of radiation that are more than simple light.

There are complex magnetic currents and complex electrophotonic currents, photons and electricity all joined up together anyway, so the obscuring mass of our galaxy keeps our planet and our solar system in the dark, so to speak, for 2400 years. We're out of that 2400 years by some 326 years, and we're now receiving more energy from galactic center. This is what's caused our sun to go from yellow to white over the last part of the eighties into the current point in its existence. And this is what accounts for all kinds of strange things that have been going on, including strange radiation, new energies from space that have been hitting our planet since about the year 2000. It's a very complex situation, this complex situation has us now having crossed a particular point.

This point was called M nine. As I say, it doesn't relate to May 9. It was just coincidental. It was on the 9th or around there. This is nine.

This is a moment of arc. That's why it's m and it's nine. It's nine degrees up off of the presumed absolute center of our galaxy. And it's nine degrees of arc where Earth's solar system is at relative to that presumed point of the galaxy and relative to the presumed equatorial plane of the galaxy. And as I say, we don't have a camera sitting out somewhere off to the side of our galaxy that can get into a profile and take pictures.

We're doing all this mathematically. So here's the situation. There was this mathematician, I won't go into all the details, it's too tedious. But anyway, there was this russian guy. This russian guy, he was a contemporary of Vernadsky and I think.

Yeah, and also, well, anyway, so he was a mathematician, he was an astrophysicist, and he ran into these hindu fellows that knew about the yugas. He was in India at the time. He came up with some math that basically remained in India, although it was published in a russian journal we found from the sixties.

You have to understand. Okay, so anyway, the math was where in our sinusoidal arc, around the outside edge of the galaxy, where in arc moments, would we rise up high enough that from that point on, we wouldn't dip down and get lesser radiation? Bear in mind our spiraling cometary fashion, being drugged behind the sun movement through space, the angle of that relative to the equatorial plane of the galaxy provides us with our precessional angles. And because of that, our spiraling motion behind our sun caused us to go into the greater energies from the galaxy and then come out of them as we've been spiraling around behind our sun. But now Earth, along with the inner planets, have risen up high enough that we're through this m nine point.

It's actually the m nine plane, okay? It's a complex mathematical construction that basically means from this point forward, the sun, all of the inner planets, and earth and the moon are 100% going to be bathed in all the time, 24 by seven new energies from space that are coming to us by way of galactic center, okay? As our solar system progresses through time over the next couple of years, we'll eventually get to the point where all of the outer planets, as well as the shell of the solar system itself, the cell like wall, that surrounds our entire solar system. All of that will be beyond the m nine point. So the whole solar system is not yet there yet.

I'll have to go back and look at some of my notes, but I think the calculation was that it was like, 28 to 49 months after Earth passed this point. The rest of the solar system would do it. Now we have to again estimate, because we don't know how big the shell is in trailing fashion beyond in our solar system, because of the nature of NASA and the astrophysicists, who don't really have the same kind of view of things anyway, though. So we're now beyond the m nine point.

It's interesting that we get all these flares just as this part of the mass of the solar system is pulled beyond that point of the obscuring mass of the galaxy. So for here, for the next 10,000 years, we'll be in a rising and then gradually arcing down and then gradually running down arc that will bring us back to the m nine point of, I think, in about 10,500 years. I'd have to go and look at it, look at the math here. But anyway, so we're going to be in a rising arc for a while, and then we'll go into a descending arc. So when we get to the final top of our arc, that's the golden age.

That's when we're up high enough that we get the full blast or whatever we're allowed of the galactic center emanations between here and there, we will see all different kinds of changes happen to humanity, happen to the earth, happened, all these other species. These predictable periods are coincident with species blooms, new species popping up and stuff. In my opinion, it is this kali yuga pattern and the effect of the galactic center emanations that accounts for what we think of as evolution, right? As a steady state, state pressure of advancement. And there's never any discussion by the evolutionists as to why that should exist, okay?

Why there should be that selective pressure. But in any event, so we can put that behind us and go on with our. With our astrophysics. Okay, so Earth is now beyond the m nine. The moon is beyond the m nine point.

This nine degrees up off the galactic plane means that we're receiving a steady stream of these energies. But it's more than that because we've actually reached one of these other predictable thresholds. It's very complicated and very complex, but one of these other predictable thresholds of increased energy from galactic center. All right, so this is the concept on this. So galactic center is not like a ball.

It's more like a dumbbell, the old style dumbbells with a bulbous end on each end and a sort of tapering to the thinnest point in the middle shape. And this is the effect of the plasmoids. The plasmoid, you have plasma, and if you get two or three or four plasmas together, you can create a plasmoid field in which all of the plasmoids, all of the plasma interact with something greater than themselves. Okay? Plasmoids are very interesting because they can persist even if some of the plasmas that initially triggered them off are removed anyway, though.

So there's this dumbbell kind of shape. So as we rise up, even into the golden age, we will continue to get increasing levels of radiation that we're not feeling now, because we will be, and I'll put this in air quotes, we will be horizontally, even with these new areas of radiation, it doesn't really quite work that way. But that's the concept that we have a very tall, thin kind of giant collection of suns. And as we rise up on the edge of this obscuring mass of the galaxy and beyond it, up into this area, we get more and more of these rays of radiation, but they're, to a great degree, they're stratified. And so as we go through these various different layers, we will keep receiving more and more and more up until the top part of the arc.

Then we'll persist on the top part of the arc for a period of time, which we call the golden age. And then we'll start going back down through the edge of the golden age into silver, into bronze, which is where we're at now. Then we'll eventually cross the m nine point going downward, and then we will go back into the kali yuga. And that's where we're at now. The ravens over here bitching at me.

I'm not giving him any food. But it's like, hey, guy, there's a clam dig going on. Go out and get a bunch of cast off from all the humans. Anyway, okay, so this was why I did the discussion on the substack about will tongo rule the world, right? Because we're in an increasingly perilous time relative to our computer chips and solar activity and dependence on the computer chip structure.

Okay? So as we get into this period of time, we're actually in the strata of the increased energies from a galactic center. These emanations we will find, we will discover that they are coincident with increases in complexity in the form of like orders of magnitude jumps. Alright? So we used to live in a, in a simple world.

Our simple world had simple mechanical motions and stores of energy in the form of like, you know, a wound spring, a rope and a weight on a complex pulley system, gunpowder even, you know, which is basically a store of energy in order to produce gas that then propels the bullet out of the gun. And so this was a relatively simple world. You could sort of, to some great degree, expect to recreate your tools no matter where you ended up on the planet. Right?

Let me see if we're still recording. Yeah. So you could, you know, if you were a bow and arrow guy, no matter where you went, you could probably reinvent your bow and arrow. Okay? At some point we cross over to where we start using our tools to make better tools, and then it starts getting into our heads to not only systemize the tool making, but systemize the process by which we make tools.

And that was a level of complexity step up. Then we go 100 and 5200 years to where we're at now. And we have many other layers of complexity, but we're still in the process of basically systematizing our own system, so to speak, right? Creating new ones and so on. The m nine point is coincident with, in my opinion, an uptick, an up leveling, a shift over of our social order into a greater degree of complexity.

So it used to be we had simple systems and then we had, we lived in a simple world with complicated systems, and then we lived in a complicated world. Right? Now with complicated systems like, you know, you can think of the air traffic control, right? It's many, many different systems to get an airplane in the air, as we see, and many more required to sustain it in the air, as Boeing is every damn day. And so we see that now we're into a period, though, where we're going to shift over into complex, complicated world, okay?

Or a complicated, complex world. So complexity will be at its root. And we're starting to see some of those expressions. So we are actually in a period of time now where ideology can bring down airplanes, as we see with all of the dEI didn't earn it and Wokonian culture, appropriation kind of shit going on in corporations.

So in that sense, the nature of the consensus mind affects the complex system that it's interacting with, that it's supporting or creating or so on. And now we also have complicated, complex systems where all of the systems are all interconnected.

Now I think everybody understands or grasp to some degree the nature of the complications involved in networking and this kind of thing in our reality, including the networking going into payment systems, fiat currencies, banks, and all of this kind of thing. And we also grasp the fragility of that in the sense that, you know, a solar flare of sufficient size, sufficiently aimed, could bring down our banking system, which would cause ripple on effects throughout the whole of our system of systems. This is a baudrillard concept from the early 19 hundreds was the system of systems. Vernadsky refines all of those ideas with neurosphere and brings in a bunch more. And anyway, they're attempting to describe before getting here the situation we find ourselves in now.

As we cross over through this m nine point, we're going to shed off a lot of the crapola that has accumulated in these past few years, past few decades as a result of the communist infiltration and their long march through our institutions.

This is all of communism, all of socialism, all of these kind of ideologies are in the process of failing. They are failing for a wide variety of reasons inherent in their makeup and their nature, but they're also failing because of who was their creator and what's going on relative to the, the more abstract aspects of humanity. So it is true to a certain extent that worshiping space aliens, the Elohim, is going to cause communism and socialism to disappear. And Zionism, Zionism is just another form of Marxism or fascism with a central focus. That's all.

Anyway, so the rundown here is this, that we're entering a period of time where as we pull ourselves out of the mental morass, the mind virus, that, as Elon describes it, we're going to engineer or find ourselves engineering complexity, designing complexity, working with complexity, and to a certain extent, disappearing into complexity, because the nature of complexity is such that you know how things work down to some degree. But it goes black box from that point forward because you've never needed to or had to investigate that. And that stuff that's in the black box developed before you got it and used it. So this is basically the way that all software works now. You have the activation code, the point of the address within the software routine that actually tells it to execute.

But there are other approaches to getting in and having that routine execute through these various different APIs, these hooks, and thus any chunk of software, could be used by any other chunk of software and would remain, its internal workings would remain obscure and obtuse to the new user, the new software engineer, new software programmer that was just using these routines. Because they didn't write it, they've never had to investigate it. They just look at the specified input and the specified output, and that's really all they need bother with at this stage. But we're coming up into a period of time where we're going to get ourselves into trouble with this approach. Okay?

And so I actually think we'll compensate for this by using AI as like a black box scope, like a black box x ray, and to be able to x ray into code in complex systems where we have not gone down that far from our particular job as system engineer or system designer. And I think that's the logical way we'll have to evolve with this. But the idea is that we're going to have all of our errors and our mistakes taken up leveling with us into this complex world, and this will be very dangerous. We'll get through it. We'll undoubtedly have to make a few of these mistakes.

And the idea getting across here is that our level of complexity, of error and errors within complexity, will be such that we might find weird kind of connections where the unanticipated interconnection of complex systems produces pathways to error that are not within any system itself.

And systems engineers will understand what I'm speaking of. Probably not a lot of other people will. But the idea is that we'll get through this period of time of all of the planes crashing and that kind of stuff. Maybe we'll go through and get into anti gravity vehicles and we'll have, you know, floating tourist rv buses, that kind of thing. Right?

We'll evolve some level of complexity along that. But at some point, our level of interdependency of complex systems upon each other will promote a number of internal errors that are potentially unhandled to the level of system affecting aberrant behavior that can then propagate itself through other systems and induce really bizarre behavior. So it's conceivable that, you know, you could have strange sets of circumstances where an unhandled exception in an Uber program payment schedule ends up shutting down some other major system that would not seem to be connected to it at all, that kind of thing. So, you know, just because they didn't handle the ability to convert to some kind of currency on a payment system over here in this grocery store, it turns out that a whole port system shuts down, that kind of thing. And we'll have to have experts that'll come on in with AI to diagnose this shit and figure out where it all tracks back down to.

We'll get better at it, and then we'll eventually engineer safeguards into it as we go forward. Mostly, probably initially, by wrapping layers of other referential integrity check software around it all. But any event, we're there now. M nine marks this point in the transition of humanity to our future. We're dropping away off of all of the, you know, the vax bio weapon death and all of that kind of shit.

We're getting through it. We're at the tail end that's going to drag us down for a while and. And will be emerging out on the other side in this process. As I say, we will discover that we've made the. Made a transition into complex system world, not merely complicated system world.

And complicated system world was bad enough. Anyway, guys, I've got to get moving and get some stuff done here, so I'll talk to you later. Got to go and do some of my own debugging. I always used to really like that it was a good occupation. Good aspect of the occupation of doing software was debugging very large programs.

It was just fun, like a giant puzzle. Where is this weird behavior coming from? That kind of thing? So there will be a lot of opportunity for people in these new system interpenetration complexities. Anyway, I got to get moving.

People are here. Okay.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Woo Globules – 10-02-2023

Woo Globules - 10-02-2023

Woo Globules - 10-02-2023

Episode Summary:

The PDF contains a monologue discussing various topics, including a product called Pure Sleep, the effects of melatonin and sleep aids, the body's rebuilding process during sleep, and the role of the pineal gland. The speaker also discusses the effects of shift work on the body's sleep cycle and melatonin production. The monologue then shifts to discuss the speaker's personal health journey, including recovery from cancer and weight gain.

The speaker also talks about the concept of Yugas, referring to a Hindu mathematician named Yuktaswad or Guri, who theorized about another sun that Earth revolves around, affecting our orbit and leading to the concept of Yugas. The speaker disagrees with this theory, suggesting instead that Earth has a sinusoidal orbit around the galactic center, which he believes causes the Golden Age and Kali Yuga.

The monologue predicts that humanity will develop plasma-based technology in the next few centuries, which will allow for the repair of the human body through biophotonics. This technology would eliminate the need for dietary supplements and aid individuals with gut issues.

The speaker then discusses theories related to 5G technology, suggesting that it could potentially cause harm to humans. One theory suggests that 5G could trigger the release of toxins from nanoparticulate lipids in the body, turning individuals into "zombies". Another theory suggests that 5G could cause harm through energetic pulses during an Emergency Broadcast System (EBS) test. The speaker expresses skepticism and concern about the safety and effects of 5G technology, suggesting it may be used for mind control or to incite riots.

The monologue also touches on the relationship between radiation and health issues, including brain diseases and obesity. The speaker suggests that radiation may cause cells to react differently during replication, leading to health problems. The monologue ends with a discussion about an upcoming EBS test and the potential dangers associated with it.

#PureSleep #Melatonin #SleepAid #CancerRecovery #WeightGain #Yugas #HinduMathematics #Guri #GoldenAge #KaliYuga #PlasmaTech #Biophotonics #5G #5GTechnology #5GConcerns #Toxins #NanoparticulateLipids #Zombies #EBS #EmergencyBroadcast #MindControl #Riots #Radiation #BrainDisease #Obesity #CellReplication #Health #Wellness #FutureTech #Predictions #TechPredictions #HealthJourney #SleepHealth #OrbitTheory

Key Takeaways:
  • Pure Sleep aids in body rebuilding during sleep without using melatonin.
  • The speaker recovered from cancer and experienced weight fluctuations.
  • Discussion on Yugas, referring to theories by Hindu mathematician Yuktaswad or Guri.
  • Concerns and theories raised about the potential harmful effects of 5G technology on humans.
  • The speaker predicts the development of plasma-based technology for body repair in the future.
Predictions:
  • Development of plasma-based technology in the next few centuries.
  • This technology will allow for body repair through biophotonics, eliminating the need for dietary supplements.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Woo Globules - 10-02-2023

You. Hello, humans. Hello, humans.

It's been a while. How does all this shit work? There we go. Come on. There we go.

Okay, so 2 October, and before I forget, let's let me do my Pure Sleep commercial business here, okay? So the good people at Pure Bulk took my formula and made it work in terms of a commercial product. This age your sleep without inducing melatonin into the mix, okay? I invented this after I came out of the cancer. I was 128 pounds.

I was 128 pounds, guys. I was terrible. Trying to survive at that level was just a real bitch. And you don't rebuild your body except for when you're sleeping, right? So, Puresleep@purebulk.com, I'll put a link in the bottom down there, the reason you want this.

So there's a lot of sleep AIDS out there. Almost all of them have melatonin in them. If they didn't have melatonin in them, they had other things that were not good for my gut. Your body only puts on muscle. It only builds new tissue when you're asleep.

The best it can do when you're awake is triage. So if you smash your finger, it puts fluids in there to stiffen it so that the things don't get worse. Right? And they make it hurt your body, makes it hurt so you don't go and do it again.

It repairs it at night. So my pure sleep mix here has GABA in it. Okay? That's an amino acid precursor to human growth hormone. This is why it's illegal in Japan.

Some other countries also restrict it because of the GABA. You can go buy GABA at know. It's not like an anabolic steroid or anything like that is a precursor. If you have the GABA in you, your body at night doesn't have to work that much to make the human growth hormone out of it. And then it'll put the human growth hormone to work.

Right? So it AIDS in rebuilding. And I've come a long way. I mean, I'm back up to 180. Plus I'm a little fatter than I want, although I'm leaning down now anyway.

So the reason to use it is in your noggin. This is your snout up here in your head, either side of your eyes. You have your third eye. That's your pineal gland. Your pineal gland keeps track of melatonin.

It keeps track of melatonin by a fantastically small amount, okay? Fantastically small. Your pineal gland keeps track of the amount of melatonin fluctuating in your system as a range of values. It keeps track of these kind of values as the melatonin circulates on a daily basis. It uses those against a set range to determine where you are in the progression through the year.

So your pineal gland is an actual 365 day calendar of your body's reaction to light in the ambient environment, and it AIDS your body in predicting where you are such that it can produce more melatonin or reduce it relative to long winter sleeps versus short summer, that kind of thing, right? It does all kinds of things relative to that. So it is a 365 day calendar. Now, this calendar works on fantastically small deviations, molecular level deviations. So when you go and get a sleep supplement that's even 1 μg, that's probably 1000 times too much.

It'll flood this whole system and just wipe the whole calendar right out because your pineal gland has no clue thereafter, because everything's always maxed out melatonin wise, right? And so it can take you a long time to reset that after you stop using melatonin can take like eight or nine months before you get to that even keel feeling relative to sleep and light, right? This is why it's so tough on shift workers. It's not the individual day that is so tough. It is the cumulation of the sleeping at weird times relative to your melatonin production that makes shift work so hard on people, and it makes it really hard on them over a lifetime of shift work.

Right? Now, we know there's different things you can do for shift workers. You can use various different kinds of light to reset your body, but you have to work at it. It won't happen naturally. So when I started investigating this, I discovered, oh, I'm going to have to rebuild.

They threw me back. They wouldn't let me die. Okay? So I was told I had to come back and I had work to do. And I railed.

I fought it. I was too gone, I was too wasted, but didn't matter, right? As we see, I'm here. Now, that being the case, I decided I would do it. I would do it my way, and I'd have to do it seriously.

So I got seriously involved in it, discovered how the body really works, and the stuff that they probably don't even tell doctors, right? And so I came up with this so I wouldn't have to deal with the melatonin trashing the pineal gland stuff, right? Bear in mind, I was 128 pounds and tentative for months, right? So it was a very difficult time. I still had enough mind to be able to sort through this and come up with the formula for pure sleep, which has allowed me to rebuild.

I'm doing fine. It's just no longer an issue that way. Pure sleep is really good, though, nonetheless. All right. It AIDS the sleep and gives you the human growth hormone precursor, such that you have human growth hormone readily available to your body to rebuild.

Okay? So that's point one. We want to talk about globules here, right? Today, ten four kind of globules. October 4.

But before we get there, I want to point out that the idea of the current yugas in terms of how I'm doing the math comes from this guy here. Yuktaswad or guri. He's dead now. He's ancient. Not ancient, but in the past couple of centuries, he was a Hindu mathematician and a guru.

And in 1894 he worked out the math that I use as my takeoff point for my examination of the Yugas. Now, he thought that the Yugas were caused by another sun that we revolved around, causing this very interesting effect relative to our orbit that would allow for the Yugas to be plotted. Okay? My thinking is that we don't have this dual sun extra kind of loopy thing going on that in fact what we do is we have a sinusoidal orbit. So we're not orbiting the galactic center this way, right?

We're orbiting galactic center like this.

And that's what causes the golden age and so on. And right smack in the middle of this is the obscuring mass of the galaxy between us and galactic center. And when we're in that black bit, that's where is the Kaliyuga. He had similar idea that came up with the same kind of shape as all of this. But he didn't understand in 1894 the nature of our solar system being basically encapsulated and being surrounded by an energetic shell, so to speak, that emanates from the sun's rays that cause all of the effects that he thought were from another another body that we were also orbiting, but nonetheless so in 1894, he predicted electricity.

He predicted the fine granularity of the material we would be working with not just radio waves, but microwaves, not just granulated particulates, but nanoparticulates, right? Finer and finer and finer degree. Now here we are in 2023, and based on all of this work, I'm predicting that for the next few centuries we're going to take granularity down to the point where the granules, the grit disappears and we'll be dealing with pure energy. That is to say, we're coming into the centuries of a plasma based technology which has all kinds of cool things. It would eliminate a lot of the problems I went through because with appropriate use of irradiation in the form of biophotonics that would be plasma created, you'd be able to repair the body with like little light pulses, right?

Or rather instruct the body on how to repair itself. And you wouldn't have to go through the trouble of eating all the supplements and all of that kind of stuff. Which bear in mind I had colon cancer. And so that was a real problem in dealing with that part of it as well. That's why pure sleep is really cool, the combination, because it also AIDS if you've got gut issues, right?

It's easily absorbed components that don't have a residual problem on your gut. Anyway, so I point this out because some people asked where did I get the takeoff point for my math. Anyway, so what I want to talk about today is the upcoming test on the fourth, which is Wednesday, okay? And so the theory is that they're going to turn on the 5G for 2 hours.

We have one theory that is the zombie theory, right? And zombies are going to come because the nanoparticulate lipids are going to fracture and release toxins that will make you into a bloodthirsty zombie. This is assuming you've gotten the shot. So that's number one on our hit parade. There's another theory out there too, and this is the energetic theory that basically says you're going to turn into a zombie without having to resort to the lipids breaking down.

And it's because of an energetic pulse that's going to come through on this EBS test. That's what we're talking about. Emergency broadcast system here in the United States going to test for 2 hours. That's way out of any typical range. So there is something extraordinary going on in that level alone, right?

Usually they're minute, not hours, minute, maybe 15 minutes bands. And you'd have an active test that ran three minutes, but for 2 hours. What's the point? How is that testing done? What is the results of the testing?

So usually an EBS test that lasts for a few minutes, you have designated sensor points throughout the mass network. So in other words, you've got a guy watching a TV in Podunk, Washington State, and if his TV gets interrupted, then he sends you a signal by his cell phone or whatever and says, hey, I got the EVs warning, right? And so, you know, your network works. It's not that crude really, because you know when you broadcast it out that this region will be affected in that region. So you really could do an EBS test and not involve any of the public because all it really involves is checking the network is able to be functional and repeat whatever is the message.

So there is something very unusual going on. We have to acknowledge that the level of unusualness and is going to be judged by your own personal paranoia. Okay, so oh, there's another theory down here too, that's number three. Get to that in a minute. Anyway, so in both of these here, both of theories, number one and number two are negative for humans.

And they relate to the idea that 5G is going to trigger a reaction in the human itself. In one theory, they've got a semi solid basis. And that's a joke because it is semi solid. They're talking about lipids. And lipids are in fact oil.

They're little sacks of oil, micro particulate oil, not quite like a cell, but sort of maybe even the same size as cells are smaller. And so a lipid would have sort of a shell around it and can have stuff in it. And the theory is that you've got a bunch of toxins that were injected into you in the form of these special lipids, nanoparticulate lipids that were created that have evil zombie whatever the fuck inside them. And the theory is that they're going to use this 5G radiation to come on down, and the waves will come on down, and it'll cause a resonance that will fracture that Lipid and break it open. Now, this is all factual.

You can do that. In fact, right now someone is making soybean oil using microwaves, okay? So that's how seed oils are industrially harvested, is with microwaves. 5g is a microwave. Fifth generation networking uses microwaves as the transmitting layer.

So that is factual. People are industrially using microwaves to get more oil out of seeds than if they just crushed them. So basically what they do is they crush them and nuke them at the same time. Microwave them, they don't nuke them, and it causes the lipid cells to break open and all the oil comes out and they get that bigger of a harvest and they're left over with this really fine powder stuff. Okay?

So this could happen. If indeed there were zombie producing toxins that were in Lipids, that were in the shot that were put into you, and 5G was turned on at a particular frequency, it could technically cause that Lipid to break open. Now, 5G is not like a normal cell tower here, right? So normal cell tower has all of these things hanging up on it at the top here. And you got cars down here and little peoples and that kind of stuff.

To give you a sense of perspective. This would be your 4G radiation, all right? 5g, you're going to see these little tiny boxes all over light poles. On the side of a building you'll see a little box. Maybe up on the roof you'd see a little box.

And so these are the five G's. They're fucking everywhere, okay? So that means that the 5G network is very much distributed in a way as to be irradiatively encompassing of areas so that you'd be overlapping radiation, because the radiation doesn't travel very far. These are really tiny little waves with the mass of them have a lot of energy, but any individual wave does not have that much energy, not as much as like a radio wave. And so you have to have these fuckers all over to Helen and they're just pumping out the radiation like mad.

And so the whole area in here gets filled with all these cross competing microwaves, all right? And so that's how they work, is by building this network grid of all these cross competing microwaves. In a regular in 4G, they would have cell towers so far apart that basically this entire area would be bathed with radiation that would be at like that level. And what it counts on the whole system works by knowing where you are relative to the intersection of these various different self identifying frequency bands. And so it can spot you.

It knows where you are. I say it knows, but I mean, the software calculates where you are when it's required. Anyway. So getting back to this, okay, theoretically now, it's true 5G waves will go right through a human, all right? So they're just going to go right through you.

They make you ill. Okay? All of these radiations, 1234 and 5G, make people sick. They're part of in some people's minds, they're part of an energy war already ongoing on our planet against all humans. All right?

The fact that we've taken this silicon technology to this level and are doing these things is not good for the human frame, for our bodies. It has to struggle to exist. Many people think we're causing things like muscular dystrophy, all of the neurone based Parkinson's and all of those kind of things within the brain. They think those are being caused by these frequency levels. And I cannot dispute that.

I'm not saying it's for evil intent. Maybe it's an accident of circumstance, I don't know. But it is factual to state that there is indeed linkages between things like brain disease and the increase in radiation. The obesity of people is not 100% related to seed oils, okay? They are eating a lot more seed oils.

We're producing a lot more seed oils. This relates to the death of the dollar, among other things, or is driven by the death of the dollar because we need cheaper and cheaper and cheaper things to eat because there isn't much purchasing power left in the dollar because the Kazarian mafia is stealing so much of it. But beyond that, the radiation that people are bathed in causes their cells to have a particular reaction at the replication of the cell level. The stuff is causing a reaction to the body and it's systemic it's to all of your cells. But it's going to show up more in things like muscle and these kind of things and fats.

It reacts to the presence of seed oils because of the radiation you're being bathed in. In the same way that pure sleep provides your body with the precursor to human growth hormone so that your body does not have to work so hard to uptake it. And thus you have the human growth hormone readily available to rebuild without having to go that extra step. What the 5G is doing, and to some extent even 4G, if you were close enough to the tower, if you were exposed to seed oils, that is to say you're eating seed oils, your body is going to find it a lot fucking easier to get those seed oils out by adhering to them and glomming onto them. Just having those there than the work of trying to expel them.

I don't want to go into the biomechanics of that. Okay? The radiation has a direct and also an indirect effect on your ability as a human to deal with seed oils in your diet in a proper fashion. And in my opinion, this is causing a heightened degree of obesity as people don't shed the seed oil. It gets uptaked but not used, right?

It gets packed into that funny flesh.

Okay, so on the fourth, they're going to do this EBS test. On that EBS test, they're saying they're firing up a they haven't fired up before or only have intermittently fired up. And you can go and look at some of the people that think that this is all energetic and we're going to be turned into zombies because of flashing lights. And they've got a lot of good science for the layout of these things as weapons, as mind control kind of weapons. Not the way you think.

They're not going to tell you to turn left. They're just going to freak you out so you don't know what's going on. And they can thus easily control you, especially in the cases of riots. So that if the city wanted to, say the city wanted to even create a riot, they could activate someone in the city. Management could activate a 5g cell structure in a city, say four or five blocks or whatever, and amp up the power.

And everybody's just going to go batshit and do all kinds of weird shit, right? And so it may look like a riot from the outside, I think these people don't really understand what they're doing in terms of how they deal with 5G. Bear in mind, I came from the telephony industry, right? I got into computers because I'd been working in telephone, so I go back that far. But anyway, I don't think they understand five G or what's going to happen.

At this stage, I cannot conclude that the EBS test is safe and effective. Okay? I don't trust these fuckers. The energy radiation does cause the breakdown of Lipids if there's a lot of Lipids, okay? So your body uses Lipids to encapsulate toxins.

So if you were to eat arsenic, it would try and encapsulate part of that arsenic that you took in in Lipid to get rid of it, okay, and keep you safe while it's in you and to get rid of it. So just on that aspect of it, all of the crap you've accumulated in your body that you haven't gotten rid of in terms of all of these toxins and negatives and stuff that are encapsulated could be at risk of breaking open. So you might get a detox effect, right, where all of a sudden they're not detoxing, but you're retoxing. So you might get a yucky feeling being exposed to this on EBS day. It's going to depend on the level of radiation, okay?

The 5G goes right through you, but you'd need quite a bit of it to actually activate and do any of this. If you go and look at the industrial use of microwaves for the extraction of oils and you'll see it even mentioned in some scientific journals in the NCIB database, as well as some of the other science databases that are online, you find out you've got to have a fairly high level of radiation in order to get this to work. And in the industrial part of this they've got to really control it so that they don't cook the oil in the process of extracting it. So it's really a delicate kind of an operation. Okay.

The frequency range they are using for that includes 5G. It's wider. Okay, it includes 5G radiation, though, in that band. So we can't conclude now that the people at the top of our social order have a good intention with this test on October 4, I can't conclude that I'm paranoid. So being paranoid, it means that I will assume the worst and I will react as though there's going to be the worst, right?

As a rule, that's a survival factor to be able to say, no, I'm going to take my telephone here because I can't take the battery out of it anymore. And these people here have some justification for their viewpoint and I'll get into that in a second. But I'm going to take my phone and stick it in my microwave and just shut the door because it's a Faraday cage so no radiation can get into the phone to turn it on and do any kind of weird goofy shit. Not that I'm particularly worried about. That where I'm at because I'm way the fuck away from cities and stuff.

And as far as I know, we don't have any five G units out here anywhere because we're so spread out, they would not effectively work. The nearest 4G tower I've got is several miles that way to the point that I don't have cell service. So I'm sort of off the grid anyway that way. But we're going to do the appropriate thing. Turn the router off and turn the TV off during the period of time of this fucking test of the EBS system, because I'm uncertain of it, okay?

It is my uncertainty that's making me do that. Because I'm safe, then it doesn't matter. I'm going to miss whatever the fuck it is, but it's probably not going to affect my life in a positive way participating in it, and I will find out about it later. Should zombies erupt everywhere, I'll find out about it, right? I don't have to participate in zombies erupting everywhere.

And if no zombies erupt and everything's fine after the test is all over, okay, fine. Nothing happened and I just, again, did not participate. There's some reason to keep your phones and shit turned off, okay? So if you use Facebook on your phone, it's taking an infrared picture of you every 15 seconds. If you use Twitter on your phone, you've given it the right to sweep your contacts and continually keep up on everybody that you ever talked to.

Then Twitter gives that information to the CIA and the NSA. So there's a lot of reasons to not have your phone accessible during this period of time because it may be like a super sweep, right? They may be taking the 2 hours to clog the network bandwidth from all of these towers everywhere in order to take every fucking thing off your phone for a deep, deep, deep dig. That's my level of paranoia. So it doesn't relate to any zombies or anything.

It's a relatively practical thing for the deep state to say, well, we're going to try and institute a social credit system here, and we're still trying it, even though all you people have said no. And we're still going to do it even though all you people have said no. And we got to be real sneaky about it. So what we're going to do now is to sneak data off of all of your phones, and we're going to put into these giant databases, and then we're going to analyze it to see who we really need to worry about as we go through this process, right? That would make sense.

So for that reason, I'm not going to have my phone and my other gear accessible. I don't use Twitter. I know how on phones and stuff. I don't use any of that shit. I know how these things work.

So I'm very paranoid about the phone. Anyway, we live way the fuck out. We don't have cell service. So I'm a low risk person. So if there are zombies, probably isn't going to be me right now, getting back to this.

So I haven't had the shot. So I'm not a candidate for turning into a zombie from toxins in the lipids, even if they do come on in and bust up the cells. Now over here, this energetic approach has to do with flashing lights, okay? So now that's valid your body, as I was saying earlier, relative to pure sleep in the melatonin, right? So you get up in the middle of the night, you open up your eyes, and you see any of these LEDs or any of that melatonin instantly goes away.

It goes away so fast. Whatever your melatonin level is, it drops down to virtually zero in the middle of the night when you see those lights getting up to go to pee. And it does it in like literally microseconds, okay? And that's why you'll snap awake and not be able to go back to sleep for a while. So if you're going to do that, get yourself some really thick.

If you're an old man and you got to get up and go pee and stuff and there's going to be lights on, get yourself some UV inhibiting, blue light inhibiting glasses that are very dense and that'll go away, you'll be able to go right back to sleep. So light matters. Our whole bodies are filled with melanin, and they're filled with melatonin. The melanin circulates in the blood, and it carries light biophotons throughout our entire body continuously. And that the photons are used as part of the control mechanisms for all of our cells.

So your cell reacts has, okay, so a standard cell has in any given moment has 100,000 or more biochemical reactions going on. Every fucking cell got billions of cells. Those 100,000 reactions are being controlled by biophotons. The biophotons are being transported by what is known as circulating melanin. The circulating melanin goes to a slightly different form of melanin called neuromelanin that is in your brain.

And then there's a slightly different form of the neuromelanin, which is the intense melanin that's in the pineal gland, sort of like central control. So the pineal gland is filled, it is called the third eye. It is filled with light absorbing stuff like you wouldn't believe.

We react to flashing lights. We've known this since the Nazi days and even before that, that you can get prisoners to be psychotic in just like two or three days. Not even that. I think some of them crack in like five or 6 hours of intense strobe. You can close your eyes and it doesn't matter.

It still goes through because the eyelids are not proof against light. Even if you tape up your eyes and cover your head that way, the strobe will still affect you through your skin and that'll take you two or three days. They can strobe non visible light in long wavelengths and cause you problems through your skin and you're not even aware it's happening. So I read a study about these people that thought, oh, we can get people to exit the subways. We can control the environment of moving people through buildings, big buildings and stuff.

If we have strobing, deep blue light mixed in with the regular light in the subway tunnels and stuff at the appropriate times, we can get people to hustle out for the next group to come on in. And it worked, but it caused people to go fucking crazy. This was in, I want to say, 1938 or something. They were doing these experiments that long ago anyway. So these people here with the energetic light stuff as being creating zombies have some validity in the science backing them up.

And these are the people that say that all of these four G, five G, and this kind of shit is weaponized against us. And I'm not disputing them on that at all, okay? It is all weaponized against us. How controlled it is, how active it is in terms of the weapon, et cetera, et cetera. There's a lot to be discussed, but I'm not disputing them on that.

I don't think that they're going to turn anybody into zombies. The reason I don't think that is because the nature of the hardware, the screen itself can't as far as I know, my phone is several generations old. I wish I'd kept the one that I could take the battery out of, but I haven't upgraded my phone in a long time because I've got no fucking cell service. There's no point, right? So maybe the new screens are better, but these screens are very limited in what they can do.

And in my opinion. Because these screens cannot replicate true brown, true red, or the magenta part of the spectrum, they won't be able to cause any kind of a deep level of a psychosis in you. Mostly they'll just be irradiating you with blue light dominant frequencies which can make you a little psychotic. But you recover from that as soon as the blue light stuff starts going away and you get exposed to more normal true reds, true browns and magenta frequencies. So I don't think that we'll actually end up with zombies as a result of this approach here, right?

But now bear in mind we still don't know why they're doing it for two fucking hours. That's so weird is to be beyond bizarre. So now that sort of brings down to number three. All right, so I got this budy of mine, Joe, and Joe's got this idea and for a lot of good reasons he's been told parts of this idea and stuff and there's some support for it. He's got this idea that US military is going to come on out and grab people for all of this election fraud and all this kind of shit, right?

And he thinks that there's a chance that the EBS system is going to be used for 2 hours for the military to come on out and say we're in control, we're arresting people, don't freak out. Okay? So they won't do that until we reach a certain percentage of the population that wouldn't freak out. Okay? So if I saw a message and a guy in American military gear is know, we've just arrested Joe Biden and Kamala Harris and blah, blah, blah, blah blah, and he reads this long list, I'm not going to freak out.

It's not quite like a communist takeover from my viewpoint, right? These people are not saying surrender your guns, they're not know report to your local commissar and you get your orders, right? They're not doing that kind of thing. If we were over 80% of the population that wouldn't freak out, they might do that. But here's some things to bear in mind.

If we looked at this statistically, there's going to be a certain amount of people at the top of the corruption pyramid. And we don't know how many people that is, but we do know that in each and every state that had that corruption and had the problems of the polling and the stolen election and so on, just in officialdom okay. So not dealing with corporations like the media and that kind of stuff, not dealing with those, just dealing with officialdom, we would find that you might need to arrest 50 00, 10,000 people per state that were involved in it, some much higher and then lower down, all the way down. So if you just did that, that'd be half a million people that you'd have to arrest. If you had to arrest 10,000 people in each state and that's just in official them and I don't think that that would go down so far as to include all the antifa thugs and all of that kind of shit, right?

But that'd be a half a million people. That's a lot of people to deal with. You're not going to be able to arrest that many people in that period of time. You would be able to arrest probably all the people at the top and talk about it in the 2 hours. Bear in mind it's just the 2 hours.

It's just talking about it. You don't actually have to arrest them during that period of time. But there's a lot to suggest that this scenario isn't going to happen either, okay? Because of the follow on to that, we don't see any of the maybe we wouldn't maybe they would be very careful and not show them their hands and so on. But we don't see any of the follow ons that would be required from even just arresting.

This part you'd have to have so if you arrested all the leaders, then all of these guys don't have the leaders anymore. And so they're going to get freaky. They're going to find out all the leaders have been arrested, they're going to start doing shit, reacting and so on. And so you would want to have your local guys in every state, all prepped, ready to deal with the expected outfall from all of these people going leaderless if you went out and arrested all of them, right? Arrested all of the top commies, that sort of thing.

Then there's all the people in corporate because you'd have to arrest all of the media. You'd have to arrest all of the, I don't know, maybe all the writers for the movies, all the wokonians, all the people that promoted the communist line and all of this kind of shit. It's going to have to be a real deep purge. So there might have to be total maybe a couple of million people involved in legal action and potential arrest and all of this sort of thing. So it's going to be a big fucking deal.

Not something you're going to want to talk about for only 2 hours. However, it is a mystery, right? It is a conjunction of the length of the time and the fact that we've got the 5G involved that is causing my paranoia to take a little bit of a heightened aspect there. I don't actually think this is going to occur, but I got to tell you that in terms of likelihood or not likelihood but potential feasibility, there's actually more in reality to support this idea than either of these two, okay? Because from my viewpoint, both of these are too haphazard to really work depending on what the goal was, right?

So if for instance, they could turn people that has had the shots into zombies, well then you're going to kill almost all the people or get all the people that had the shots in the cities to turn into zombies. And then it's like, okay, then what?

Be mass chaos and stuff. But after that everybody knows for fucking sure and we're going to go and shoot everybody involved with the EBS system. There won't be trials. There won't be any of that, right? Somebody will just go and decide, okay, fuckers, we've been shooting zombies for days now.

We ended up having to slaughter almost everybody that got a needle injected into them and now we know what the fuck's going on. We're aware of this and we've still got bullets left. So we'll come after all, you fuckers the Weffers and those guys. Same thing here. This one actually has less potential simply because as I point out, the screens are extremely limited and are blue light favoring.

Okay? And the blue light stuff wears off very rapidly in the presence of true browns and true reds. So if you get out in sunlight you're going to have the negative blue light effect from your brain gone in like a minute, minute and a half. That's why it's a good idea. As a shift worker, I used to do shift work for Microsoft, writing code and all of this kind of stuff.

And I would sometimes work twelve and 15 hours and I would make sure that as soon as the sun was up, I was going out like every hour for a couple of minutes to get light on me because I'd been working ten and 12 hours. I wanted to get my brain refreshed, right? And did that through all the time. I did shift work because I'd done shift work intermittently in various different kinds of jobs. Anyway, so wrap this thing up here.

Anyway, so I don't think it's number one or number two. There's some small possibility that a small possibility it's number three, but I bet you it's some other number four that we haven't not anticipated. And I'm paranoid, so I don't even think number four is to my benefit, right? And this is just my thinking on it. I have no solutions.

I have no answers. But I do know that indeed they use microwaves in this range to extract oils out of lipids. So there is some science at some level for all of there some validation for all of these. Now, like I say, I'm pegging number four really is the most likely stuff. We'll see.

It's a couple of days away. We'll see. And in the meantime, I'm working on even bigger mysteries that will be coming out over these, hopefully over these next few weeks and we can get into that. And those have really got me all freaked out. So anyway, guys, don't worry about it.

In the end you're dead. And then you get your long sleep and it's not a big deal. So anyway, take care and make up your mind what you want to do with this EBS shit. Bastards. I mean the mother.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Do you Mind – 08-23-2023

Do you Mind - 08-23-2023

Do you Mind - 08-23-2023

Episode Summary:

The speaker discusses their research into ancient literature about the mind-to-machine interface used by aliens. The speaker is skeptical of recent claims, particularly one from a woman named Elena, as ancient texts allegedly state that women can't utilize this technology due to their reproductive system's unique connection to the vagus nervous system, which affects their perception of time. The vagus nervous system is pivotal in this interface and connects to the reproductive system in both genders. Circumcision in males can inhibit the ability to use this interface due to lost cells that affect the length of this "antenna." Aliens might've come to Earth to harness humans' natural ability to operate this technology.

The narrative suggests ancient literature in languages like Sanskrit and Chinese contains references to alien interactions with humans. Circumcision was practiced by tribes north of a particular region to avoid being taken by these extraterrestrials. These aliens required specific humans with unique time perception for their technology. The recruitment was brutal; only a few survived their tests. This interaction happened during a past age of our planet, described in terms of our alignment with galactic radiation. Different eras, like the Golden Age and Bronze Age, have varying radiation exposure. The overarching theme indicates extraterrestrial exploitation of early human tribes, which had severe survival implications.

The text explores the complex literature of mind-to-machine interfaces, emphasizing the role of the pineal gland in bridging inner and external visions. While external (EXO) vision pertains to the physical world, inner vision relates to the phenomena one perceives internally. However, the interface with machines blurs these boundaries, creating a new form of inner perception of external realities. The intricacies of these interfaces are highlighted, noting the dangers of not being able to disconnect one's consciousness from the machine. Historical instructions on these interfaces suggest they were tailored for instructors rather than self-learners, potentially leading to lost contexts. The author seeks to interpret these instructions unbiased by religious overtones.

Subprocesses in machines influence our perception of time. Users are warned about the dangers of mismanaging these processes, especially due to the intricate link between the human mind, body, and machine. The manuals that provide guidance on using these machines are fragmented, with origins in ancient cultures like Persian and Tibetan. These texts are not only about controlling flight, but also about managing other technological aspects of an ancient civilization. It emphasizes the importance of moderation in motion and time, drawing parallels with remote viewing where an individual's consciousness perceives a distant reality. Such machines and processes are critical to understanding the intersection of ancient science and human perception.

A consciousness can shift its perception through PSI energy to distant points in space. Though physical movement is debatable, the perception feels very real. This phenomenon is reminiscent of fictional narratives, such as in "Dune" where minds control spaceships. Transferring one's consciousness to machinery could transport an individual to different realities. However, this is complex and many don't survive the initial connection. The survivors, often distinct in appearance, become ostracized. Ancient Sanskrit writings suggest this knowledge came from space aliens, who may have provided meditation practices to aid in this perception shift. Some believe these aliens didn't invent the technology but found it.

The Davas and the L had difficulties operating their own tools. The narrator is busy and notes the changing season, observing that the berries are ripening differently compared to previous years. The discussion briefly touches upon mind to machine interfaces, suggesting that if a certain woman had used the interface as per ancient literature, it would have been fatal. This is due to the difference in male and female physiology in interaction with these devices. The narrator ends by hinting at more updates in the future, but with irregular frequency due to work commitments.

#AlienInteraction #AncientCultures #AncientLiterature #AncientManuals #AncientScience #antenna #antennalength #Berries #BodyConnection #BronzeAge #cells #Chinese #Consciousness #CoreyGood #cranialnerve #circumcision #Davas #Differentiation #Dune #Elena #ExternalVision #ExtraterrestrialTech #Exploitation #FemalePhysiology #FlightControl #GalacticRadiation #GMO #GoldenAge #HumanMind #HumanTribes #InnerVision #L #LostContext #MachineInteraction #MachineInterface #Machines #meditation #MindToMachine #mindOverMatter #Moderation #Perception #perceptionShift #PinealGland #PSIEnergy #Recruitment #realityShift #RemoteViewing #ReligiousOvertones #reproductivesystem #Sanskrit #SeasonChange #SensoryApparatus #slaves #spaceships #spaceAliens #Subprocesses #technology #Time #TimePerception #uterinecomplex #vagusnervoussystem #WorkCommitments

Do you Mind - 08-23-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Back again. It's been a while. Hang on a second.

Figure out how to do this again. There we go. Okay. What's your problem?

It hang on.

There we go. Okay.

This is about the it's been a while. It was like May or something. So it's been a few months. Finally got part of office cleared out so that I don't have to go and climb over shit to get in here. That was a bitch.

I'm old, and I shouldn't have to climb over mountains of construction crap to get into my office space. Anyway, though. This is about what I've discovered in the ancient literature about the mind to machine interface that the space aliens used.

I put out a lot of other information about the discovery. I won't go into that today as to how it's done and that sort of thing other than to note once again that Chat GPT is a real pain to deal with. It's like having somebody with Tweezers pulling out your beard hairs one by one. Tedious beyond understanding. It won't accept anything other than and always defaults back to support for an establishment viewpoint.

So it doesn't like my saying that this stuff needs to be thought of in a non religious way. Right.

Which is what you have to do to get out this technical information about these mind to machine interfaces. Okay. So I was sent a video. It's this woman, Elena something saying that she went to Neptune or Pluto neptune, I think. And along the way, they let her drive the ship with her mind.

Right.

Maybe she's not just a fantasist like Corey Good. Maybe she's not just making this shit know? There's a small chance in this reality that that would be the case. And if that were the case, it certainly has nothing to do absolutely nothing to do with the stuff that I've discovered in this ancient literature because that stuff in the ancient literature is quite explicit that women can't do this. And the reason that they can't do it is because they have ovaries and a uterus and a womb and they have a long term relationship with reproduction.

Okay? And so, unlike men, so basically what happens is that their vagus nervous system is tied to their reproductive organs the same way that the male reproductive organs are tied to the vagus nervous system through this junction. And in so doing, that connection to the vagus nervous system, to the reproductive system forms your mind's physical, underlying relationship with time, and it alters how your mind comes into its understanding of time. So we have the vagus nervous system that ties into the reproductive system.

And then the vagus nervous system goes all the way up and connects in through nerve ten in the cranium and comes down and connects through this junction over to the pineal gland. Okay? And so that's your pineal. Your eyes are out here. There's your snout.

That kind of thing. And we're looking pretty ugly here, right? It's been a long day and you're a little bit hungover from the previous day. But this nerve X, the 10th cranial nerve the 10th cranial nerve is like the key component to this, right? And it goes down into the vagus nervous system.

And that vagus nervous system has a form of a junction that involves ancillary it involves the pancreas, but we won't go there today. But anyway, it joins to the reproductive system. Now, it is this joining and the length and the function of the reproductive system that forms your base physical of time. And this is a key element, all right? And so women were not able to use so this Elena woman, maybe she's using some wild ass new fangled mind and machine interface that allows women to get in there.

She started talking about DNA and I just blew it off and couldn't watch anymore. It's like 14 minutes into this video I sort of skipped and by luck happened on it.

DNA has nothing to do with it, right? It does in a broad sense. So I actually think that the space aliens were unable to use this technology. That the Elohim of the Bible, nadevas of the Vedas, the Theoi of the Greek myths, et cetera, right? The Mesoamerican gods.

None of those gods, none of those space aliens, in my opinion, were very good at operating this equipment. And that's one of the reasons that they came here was because we have a native talent for it, because of the way that we're structured and they altered us through GMO techniques, which is the removal of genes, not the placement of them, because nobody's been able to see any placement anywhere. We can't even do that as humans in our genetics. But in any event, though, I don't think they can use that technology on their own as well as we can. I think they discovered it or stole it or something and that was one of the primary reasons that they came here, was to recruit and develop slaves, if you will, to work this machinery for them.

Right? And so there is a lot of information in these way, ancient documents, if you read them in a non religious format. And I can get into that at some other time because it's just really tedious if I did that. We'd spend 2 hours on one passage as you see how it's all decoded. And there's thousands of these things that form this pretty comprehensive overview of what this stuff is and how it works and things, right?

And so one of the things is that if you're female, you can't do it because your time part of your mind is different than males. If you're male and you're circumcised, you can't do it. Right? Now that has less to do with the time component than being missing two to 5 million cells in the circumcision process. And it shortens, what basically is an antenna, okay?

And you can think of this as like a PSI antenna, like psychic antenna, all right, is from the pineal gland all the way through this complex down to in this case, we're discussing it with non circumcised men and it would be down to the tip of the penis, right? And as you leave the pineal gland, okay? So here there's lots of nerves into connecting the pineal gland into the cranial nerve complex, of which we're only concerned at this point with nerve ten and nerve eleven, all right? Nerve eleven is an ancillary one, but nerve ten is the primary, okay? And so that connects us down through the vagus nervous system.

But as you do that so we're looking at this as like a side view. And this, if we were looking at it head on, would be spread out like a fan as all of these nerves radiate out through the vagus nervous system to all of the organs in the abdomen from and also into all of the cranial glands. Okay? So pineal, thymus, thyroid, all of them, right? Parathyroid, all of these things, all of the glands, all of the lymph nodes, all of these things are interconnected and they form basically this giant PSI antenna.

I won't get into the physics of that anyway, so you're just going to have to accept some of the stuff I'm saying as being factual. And I could back it up if we had to stop and examine it on a minutiae by minutiae element going forward. I just want to give an overview today though.

Spent a lot of time on this months of this shit. Anyway. So if you're circumcised, you lose between two and 5 million cells and they're very key cells relative to the length of this particular nerve, okay? And without them, apparently, on most men that are circumcised, the length of the antenna is short enough that it drops below a critical threshold. So this is another reason that women can't do this, because the actual physical length of the antenna formed by the vagus nervous system is different because theirs terminates upper abdomen and has a shorter reach into the genitalia than with men because most of it is concentrated into the uterine complex of nerves.

So they have a different nerve structure that develops a different form of a time perception within their actual brain and that translates over to the mind. And that's what is a key element in these mind to machine interfaces. Okay? So we're talking about a mind to a machine. Now, I saw the last words I heard, I think, was this Elena woman talking to this other blonde woman about or just saying that imagine connecting your mind to an artificial intelligence.

Okay? And that's not what's discussed in these instructions that I found in the ancient literature. These instructions are going to the idea that this is we would describe it more as a virtual reality. Okay? So it's not like you're talking to or it's not like the spaceship is a pet and has a personality and talks back to you and that kind of thing, right?

It's entirely fantasy does not work that way. This is very gritty kind of stuff that's in this information about this process. The reason that they get into this is because your life depended on it. And this was a harsh, harsh kind of a reality. So let me get back to circumcision for a minute.

There's information in some of this literature. So I'm looking at literature that is in Sanskrit. Modern Sanskrit. Ancient Sanskrit called Samskara and Avesta. Okay.

Also looking at ancient forms of Chinese because the same information is there sort of cross border, right? Just a few miles away, we find physically a few miles, like less than 70 miles from one of these locations of stuff in Iran, we find as we go in towards Nepal and China and stuff in Chinese, we find the exact same information. So it was just a very interesting correlation there. So we're looking at these ancient languages here. And one of the things that we find is that the language describes this as dangerous stuff and attributes.

Now, I don't know if this is factual or valid or anything. It's just in the literature. Okay? So I'm not saying that this was the cause, but the literature I'm reading says that the cause or one of the reasons that many of the tribes of the okay, north of this particular region, so that would be into China, Mongolia, over towards the central Caucus. Okay, so they're saying that many of the tribes up there practiced circumcision such that their young men would not be taken.

Okay? And so apparently this was a recruiting drive that we might think of as like Shanghaiing, like the British used to do to get bodies to work the boats, right? Their ships, they would just go and get a bunch of drunk guys and you'd wake up on a boat and be given an entirely different life trying to survive for the next few months not knowing any of this kind of crap, how it all works and stuff anyway though. So that was the case with these tribes. The literature said that it ascribed a reason for this was to eliminate the possibility that you would be captured by these space aliens for this purpose.

Okay, so there were other reasons you might be captured by the space aliens, but this eliminated them coming and looking for you because apparently they did like press gangs, okay? So apparently they needed bodies for their wars the same way Zelensky needs bodies for his Ukraine war now. And these space aliens would go on out with their ships and round up whole tribes of men and they'd leave the women behind, except for those that they killed to extract the abdominal fats from. They consider us cattle, right? We were not equals.

We were not looked upon even like pets, like dogs. We were a functioning livestock, coats, sheep, that kind of thing.

So apparently in this press gang, it became known, and it was easily found out. But those people that survived this process would go back and tell the other tribes, look, if you're circumcised, they won't fuck with you. They won't hassle you, that you're of no use to them, right? And so even adult men would circumcise themselves at that point. Although at that point it was probably relatively moot.

Because what they're after is not so much the nerve going down to the tip of the penis, such that it must have done that through your youth and puberty, such that you develop this particular relationship with time in your mind. That's what they're after. It's those men that have this particular understanding or feeling relationship of time, okay? And so then we get into there's all different kinds of shit about how dangerous it was and how they would do tests, and most of the people that didn't pass the test also didn't survive. And so it was kind of easy for the space aliens.

They'd round up 30 or 40 men, and they'd connect you to a machine, and if it didn't kill you, hey, that's the one they wanted, right? And then they just dump all the other bodies anyway. All right?

It's really complex. Bear in mind, this is done in the previous Bronze. May have been done in the previous Silver Age, right? We're not in the Silver Age. We're in the Bronze Age now.

The ascending Bronze Age. Here's the thing. This is the plane of the galaxy. The equatorial plane, the center of the galaxy, bulges out like this with millions and millions and millions and millions of stars, okay? And it radiates out all this energy in all directions like this.

But when it radiates out energy this way, all of the matter in the equatorial plane, all the planets, all the solar systems, all the gas, everything we look at. So if you look at the Milky Way, it looks like sort of like this, right? But you're looking at it from the bottom up, so to speak, towards the center there, with all of the bright, shining stars and stuff. If you're looking at it this way, on edge, there is a dense mass in here that absorbs a lot of this galactic radiation, okay? And so the galactic radiation does not reach Earth because we're out here on the edge of the third minor spiral arm.

There's other arms beyond us, okay? But we're out here, and our solar system does this. It has a path. I didn't want to get too diverted. But anyway, so it goes like this.

So it goes up and it goes down, and it goes up and it goes down. When it's aligned here with the center of the equatorial plane, we get shit in the way of galactic radiation. And so that's our Kali Yugas right in there. Okay? And so as we go away from the equatorial plane, we're getting more and more radiation.

And so that would be a Golden Age, but this would be the ascending part of the Golden Age, even though I've drawn it. So it looks like it's going down, you're ascending into the rays. So here you'd have another ascending. Here's another ascending because you're going to get the rays from the galactic center affecting you more in this period of time. And that's your bronze, silver and Golden Ages.

Okay? So at the time, the space aliens were fucking with us and dealing with these tribes of native Earth beings that had yet to be GMO'd, we were in. And there was also an advanced civilization at that point, an advanced human civilization at that point that we now think of as anyway, so that advanced human civilization was also attempting to deal with this space alien invasion. And it was dealing with the tribes that were not as advanced as it right. Just as we have tribes in Africa or wherever the fuck that are not as advanced as people with the cell phones and shit.

That was the same kind of situation they had then. So it was a very complex kind of a deal. But the space aliens had this thing to get humans for their equipment, to run their equipment for them. And so they would go on out on these press gangs and they would get a lot of humans. There's some literature that records tens of thousands of humans being taken and maybe two to 5% would survive.

And so it was quite horrific, right? It was a harvest.

Anyway, then what I'm getting into now is the literature for how to run these mind to machine interface things and what actually happens to you. And this I find quite fascinating because a lot of it relates to the pineal gland relative to the other senses. And so if you look into their information, you can basically divide the world into an inner and an EXO or external. Right? And so we have our mind, and here is the machine, which is actually outside of our mind.

This gets really complicated. So you got to follow along here. So anything that's outside our body would be considered to be EXO. All right?

So you would have inner vision and you'd have EXO vision, right? And so this EXO vision is anything you see in the outside reality, all physical matter. Okay? So this would be matter. The inner vision would be like seeing your inner body.

Okay? So inner vision would be like closing your eyes and seeing the various different kinds of light, which you do when you close your eyes. You see light. Even when you're asleep, you're seeing it, you're just not perceiving it. And that's where it gets into the difference.

Here we're going to get into that in a second. But this would be like seeing light behind your eyeballs that would be able to attract your attention and would be changing. Okay? So an inner vision is not like imagination or anything. This is an actual inner vision, okay?

And so this is something we have to be very clear about here. These machines, once you're connected to them, imagination is very fucking dangerous, right? So you cannot be a fantasist and operate these machines.

This is one of the reasons that women can't operate them is reported in literature, is that they could not come back. They couldn't come out of them. The pineal gland in this operation here with the machine actually ties your consciousness into what might be thought of as a virtual reality consciousness, right? And that virtual reality consciousness doesn't interact with you like Chat GPT. It doesn't know your name or deal with you that way.

It's much more like a giant mirror to your consciousness that you could put your consciousness at various different points within that mirror using a process in your mind, which I'm not going to get into because that process in your mind actually affects your brain. There's a physical part of your brain that happens with this, but these would be like switches, and you would send your consciousness into this VR chamber, if you will, and where you put it would activate various switches at various different times that would cause the machine to do things, right? So it's not like the fantasists are going to say that you're dealing with something that's going to interact with you and know your name and be happy and that kind of stuff. It's entirely mechanical. The problem is for most of the people here is that once you put your mind into this, unless you know what the fuck you're doing, you can't get out.

And that's what kills you, is that basically you put your key, your mind and your consciousness into this, and maybe you can interact and so on, but you're not astute enough to be able to withdraw it out. There's all these different cautions as to why that occurs. Again, it relates to the way in which the mind forms a part of the brain relative to time. So gets really interesting at some point. So we're going to call this interception, okay, as like perception with the prelude off.

So seption, because this is not like seeing. This is an inner form of perception. We have an exoperception on this as well, right? And this exoception is your acquisition of and acknowledgment your ability to acknowledge and acquire and interact with non, non visual. So we would think of it as like extra sensory, okay?

So it might be that an exoception could be like heat, right? So if you're walking along and your body perceives a great wall of heat, maybe you know there's a fire coming right next to you and you're in this bowel wave of the heat that's coming or cold or whatever. See? So it could be all of the nerves that are coming on in that are putting in information to your brain that is not contained in your head. This is a very key thing about how the perception, senses perception and then exoception are dealt with differently, especially relative to this kind of an environment.

And you have to be very precise about all this. So you have to go to school. Once they would find these people, they'd have to go and take training courses and that's basically what I'm reading are these mind to machine instruction sets on how people should use these things and not destroy themselves. And these things were the writing was apparently intended for a set of instructors, not for self learners. And it's very difficult, there's many lost components of it.

But there is a lost context to this because these manuals were intended to be read and used by people instructing other humans. But the people that were intended to be the instructors are people that had actually done it. Okay? So there's this lost level of context that we don't have because we have not done this. But we can suss out a lot of the information just by reading the text in a non religious fashion and say, okay, what are they actually saying here?

What does this word mean? And going way the fuck back. And you say, AHA, it has nothing to do with this religious meaning and it is entirely a factual thing. Let's put it down as a factual thing, right? Just like Maro Biglino translated the Bible and said let's not make an untranslatable word into the word God or let's not make this other untranslatable word into the word archangel.

Let's not make this other untranslatable word into Holy Spirit. Let's put down what it actually is, is that this is L, this is the word Elohim. This is the label that these people gave themselves. This is what they called the machine they got in the rock. We translated that as Holy Spirit.

No, it says burning mass a fire that hurls their ass up into the sky rocket ships basically. Anyway, so we go through and we get all of these instructions that delineate the world for the mind and the machine when connected. And that we have this inner and EXO. Now we have in our mind a physical external vision. We can see the outside world and stuff, right?

But we have this inner vision. And if you actually close your eyes and were to do it appropriately, you could probably navigate fairly in your local environment, fairly successfully with your eyes closed first you would know where everything is. But you also have a level of sensory input from your eyes even closed relative to light. But what we're talking about here is to have two of these. So this is where it gets really complex, right?

So your mind will receive input from the machine in terms of what it's able to perceive and sense. You can see that within this space. This is where it gets into this idea of inner vision and interperception of the external reality that's being fed to you. Because you can shut off your sensory apparatus and it may happen automatically. Maybe your eyes, maybe you can't see physically once you're connected to the machine.

There's no indication this is part of that lost context that we just don't know. But you have to be able to at least be able to differentiate within your own mind between what's coming in from your personal reality and what's coming in from the machine. Now here's the really tricky part. At some point you have to knowing that you do this thing in your mind and I'm not going to go into that. You go into your mind and you execute commands to the machine by basically putting your consciousness and pressing switches or levers or whatever to the machine itself to tell it to go and do this right.

And then subprocesses are theoretically invoked and the machine does this kind of thing. These manuals tell you explicitly when you're learning, don't jump too far. When you jump local near with these ships, time happens this way. When you jump far, time happens this way. Okay?

It has these impacts on time.

These impacts on time are key because they come on down and fuck with your perception. So humans, our minds perceive motion by the apparent emotion or the apparent traveling of things on the outside past our perceptual awareness, okay? So that kind of a process happens here within the machine. And that sort of thing killed a lot of people. That's one of the things it's warned about is the level of the ability of the inner perceptions being fed by these machine driven outer perceptions which are not necessarily going to be coming in as off of Cams or something, right?

They're talking about some kind of a different form of sensory sensors that are putting in some other form of probably some kind of like psychic level of information that comes on into your mind. And you're supposed to do things with that within this perception. All of this stuff here being all of this stuff here being managed by your pineal gland in its relationship to this antenna that is your vagus nervous system. So there's all kinds of cautions with and this is why the manual reads a little bit weird, right? It's not a cohesive book.

There's a couple of single books that are all manual, and don't get me wrong, they were very key in finding this, especially since there's validation in other areas of science of what you're looking at. But most of these manuals are split up and broken up, especially the further back you go into the presenscript, the old Persian stuff and the Tibetan stuff and that kind of stuff. Right? The further you go back, the more it is broken up and disguised by the evolution of language and culture around it all these times. But here's the thing.

The ability of humans to do this, to run these machines, control them with their minds and stuff, is a very intricately and intimately connected process to the state of the individual, both their mind and their body. So there's indications that when you get into this interface, your body becomes part of this, that your body in essence becomes like an analog sensor to the stuff coming in from the machine. So if your left foot tingles, it means something, right? So you can't have a dysfunctioning body in that regard.

In these manuals, the way the manual is written, it is written as though, as I say, to an instruction manual, to a sergeant for a squad in basic training, right? And that instruction manual will have like little annotations in it. It'll have stuff for that sergeant to say to them, to instruct them how to do XYZ. It doesn't matter what everything's written down and in this case it'll have little annotations, just like a real instruction manual. That said, in the sergeant's case, it might say, in order to ascertain leadership qualities in these men, watch to see them, select which group and separate your platoon and have them work this way, fighting each other, et cetera, et cetera.

I mean, it actually says things like that in the instruction manuals for sergeants, how to pick out leadership qualities, how to pick out intelligence, this kind of thing, okay? And so these manuals also had that sort of information in them, instructions to the person giving the course about how to interact with the humans that were having to be trained in this. And again, like I say, I think it assumes a level of context and that level of context is that these people had done it themselves, so they had some personal familiarity and could provide that level of expertise that we might think of coming from, like a sansei in a martial art, right? You can see as many instructions on how to move the sword as you want, but until you actually get that master that does it and looks at you doing it and says, oh no, you want to move it just that way and then everything clicks, right? That level of instruction comes from the context of that person having done all this shit all that time.

And there is a whole lot of that level of instruction being put into these manuals that are then lost through history and translated as mistranslated. Like I say, Mario Biglino has discovered within the Bible and I've done my other talks on Patanjali's Yoga Sutras and how they're one of these instruction manuals. And that one's really key in a lot of different ways. It makes it easy to get at because it's cohesive some of these things are spread. Out.

You can see that the original manual was half of it was taken here and made into these religious hymns. And the other part of it is actually the same language, same author, same attribution, at least to which god it was supposedly come from. And it's clearly a set of do this, don't do this, don't do this that's been religiousized all the helling on, and so you can't really recognize it anymore. Anyway, so we have this bifurcation, and then we have this conjunction, this conjoining of the mind and the machine interface here and all of the cautions that are showing up in this literature.

These machines. This was not just for flying your Baimana, okay? The instruction sets here. Apparently a lot of the civilization of these guys ran on this machinery. And so in the Elohim, they had these gons, these giant electromagnetic magnetic bubbles that I think concentrated the Emanations from the galactic center.

And it's what allowed all the humans to live like Noah and all these people, Moses, all these guys living for fucking ever 8900 years, that kind of thing, right? Repeatedly. You see that in the Old Testament about the great length of life. Well, all of these people were in the gods. They were in the Garden of Eden, right, which was this bubble that surrounded it and kept all this radiation in there that probably otherwise would have escaped, or it added it.

However, it was done through that mechanism.

The even the guns, even those kind of things were controlled through this. Okay? So a lot of the manuals do indeed go to the travel, how to travel. It says don't jump too far. Learn to jump in small increments when you're close to your destination so that you don't overshoot and you have to come back.

And there's all this stuff, right? And it gets really involved with that because of the nature of the ripples you're going to be dealing with in the reality and the time. And a lot of it, it's all time focused, not duration, okay? And that's a different issue entirely.

So anyway, and it says don't go too fast. When have you ever seen religious literature that says don't go too fast? And then all this stuff about how you have to moderate your speed and how you have to accept doing this. But a lot of it is how to take your mind and go through an inner process of a vision that then translates into a perception of a far distant place. And so Dick Algae, remote viewers, they would fully understand what I'm talking about here, right?

Because they actually put part of their consciousness in some other place from which it perceives the reality that they're attempting to reach. Okay, so he's given a code. Dick Algae would just take him as an example. He's really good. So he's given a code that's meaningless to anybody, and the incept of that code ties it to some place or future or past occurrence.

And then he actually puts his consciousness into an internal perception state that allows him, through the PSI energy, to locate where that code ties and then to perceive of what's there. Now, does his consciousness move to that place? It may, but that's kind of moot, because what he does is he's got the perception as though his consciousness was there. So it doesn't really matter if it actually moves outside of his head or not, or outside of his toroid of his physical body or not. It doesn't really matter.

In this case. It does, because the mind so Dick Algae would probably be very good at driving these things, right? At least at this part of it, which would be the navigation stuff. And a lot of this, by the way, it's just interesting how we keep coming up with these analogs of mind over matter. And even in, like, Dune, how the spaceships were controlled by the minds of the navigators that were all hopped up on Spice, right?

So we're carrying this knowledge with us as we go forward. But anyway, so Dick Algae could get this personal perception, an inner perception, an interception of this point in far distant space. But because he would be sitting there within this machine, his mind would be doing that within this. And when his mind goes over here and ties into that far distant point in space, it activates this little subset of functions, and that machine goes there.

This would be a very hard thing for humans to understand. There's a lot of the books that go into this. As I was saying earlier, humans have this perception of movement as stuff flows over you. So you can be blind and you get this perception of movement as air moves past you. It can be you moving in a car that's opened, or it could be wind blowing from a fan.

In the case of a fan, you would know you would be stationary because there would be no sensation of movement within your body. This is where it gets really tricky within these interception and exoceptions, right? Because you're going to be in a machine that will move you without any sensation of movement on your body. Nor do I know. I don't know that it provides you any physical sensation of having moved because there's a lot of cautions within these hymns that describe this.

There's cautions about the result of having moved too far, right. The very first time you jump. Apparently most of the people don't come back from that. So there's a winnowing process. So they get you, they come and they snatch all these men from tribes, check real quick to see if you're circumcised or not, and then throw you into the prison and the spaceship, and then take you back.

You run up to these machines and you're put connected to the machines, and all it does is just simply connect you to this, right? You don't go anywhere. Nothing happens. But a lot of people don't survive because the process of connecting you to this puts your consciousness in here and they can't get their consciousness back out. And so when the body's physically separated, the body dies.

I don't know what happens to the consciousness in there. This is the whole demon thing, the whole trapping of the mind within the demonic realms and all of that. It comes from this shit going back thousands and thousands of years anyway. And so that's winnowing process number one. Probably four out of five people don't survive this.

The one fifth that do survive ultimately go through all this training, and then at some point they jump. Then they have to experience this process where the mind finds itself in an entirely different reality without any movement at all. So any sensation of movement, absolutely none. And this is what's going to freak you out. Your eyes are closed.

And that's another thing. We don't know that your eyes are open, but we know that when you jump, all of your focuses on this interception and your vision and all of this stuff is cut out because of the physical process that goes on here, the energetic process. And so the sensory apparati of the brain or of the cranium are momentarily disconnected when this process happens. And then you appear in this new reality in the ship. So imagine this, right?

You're sitting here in a chair, and it doesn't matter if this ship is the shape of a building or whatever. It just is moved, right? You move. There's no sensation at all that you've moved. When you open up your eyes, the view out of the windows is different because you're on a different fucking planet.

Maybe you're in space. Who the hell knows? When you go in over and open the door, you're in an entirely different environment with no sensation of connection to your previous environment. And so there's a whole lot of stuff in the manual. It's about getting back, right?

How to get back, how to actually navigate this stuff. Because it's not like navigating off of stars. It doesn't work that way anyway. So probably have done enough of this. Oh, yeah, geez, I've been at it for a long time.

Okay, so I once heard that Buckminster Fuller went to Russia on a Russian tour and he's talking science, and he did like a ten hour lecture, and they only broke for a brief lunch. And even then he talked and bathroom breaks, right? And so I could go on and on and on. I could probably do a twelve hour lecture on this stuff because there's so much available if you look at it the appropriate way. What we really need to do, though, is to get a non woke chat, a non woke large language model to get at this stuff, because that's probably two thirds of the time is fighting with Chat GPT, trying to get it to translate this stuff appropriately anyway, so that's the overview.

Women don't have to worry about it. If you're circumcised when the space aliens come back, they won't try and make you do this. Most of the people, as I say, die in the process. According to the descriptions that we've got, it's all very dark about the amount of death involved in this and the toughness of being able to do it. Also, it points out that the people that survive it had a particular look thereafter.

Okay? The people that were able to drive these ships, the pilots and operate the other equipment, they were altered by the process of doing this. It wasn't like their skin turned orange and they turned into a giant worm in a big cage of gas. No, it's not like that. But there was a distinct look in the face that a lot of people found frightening.

Okay? And so the pilots were somewhat ostracized afterwards, even by their own families. We see a lot of the instructions or the descriptions of this in Sanskrit coming from one of the last places that was rated, which is apparently northern India.

I guess that's it for now. There's tons and tons of stuff we can go into here. There's a whole long list of these interperceptions that you can deal with. There's some enumeration of the machine instructions. So we found some of the instructions.

Do this to cause the machine to do that. Do this, cause the machine to do that. I know how the stuff is done in the mind, but for a lot of reasons, I'm not going to get into that publicly. Another thing is that we're so far away from having one of these things, it's kind of moot. But we've also got a lot of stuff in here that's valuable that we can actually use.

So much of this stuff has been mistaken for meditation practices. They're still valuable. They apparently come from our interaction with the space aliens. The space aliens provided some of these in the form of the gods, provided some of these meditation practices specifically to cause certain processes to occur in the brain, that it would occur in the mind, that that mind would therefore be able to interact with these things again. There's some hint that the space aliens didn't invent this shit, that they stole it or found it or something.

So the Davas, the L were not particularly good at operating their own equipment, which is an interesting wrinkle. Hadn't thought that I'd encountered that. Anyway, guys, I got to go and do real work. It's been 48 minutes. I'll see if I can get this to upload gradually getting everything cleaned up.

We got settling into an early fall in an early winter. We've had been in fall for the last two weeks. All the berries are ripening up in a different way than last few years. So that's a bit interesting, but I'll get into some more of this stuff as I can. But it won't be all that frequent because I've got a lot of work to do.

Especially interesting work with the mind to machine interface stuff here. But no, in my opinion, if she's not a fantasist, if she's not another Corey Good. She certainly did not interact with the mind and machine interface that's been described in this ancient literature because it would have killed her. But the women actually, physically their antenna is just not long enough to do anything with the it works in a different way with these machines. Okay.

Anyway, I'll talk to you later.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


PSI Future – 08-09-2023

PSI Future - 08-09-2023

PSI Future - 08-09-2023

Episode Summary:

The text appears to be a transcript of a rambling monologue detailing a day in the speaker's life, from dealing with tractor issues and cement fencing delivery mishaps to reflections on the existence of UFOs. The speaker criticizes Darwinian evolution and current physics as erroneous, insisting that the understanding of reality is wrong. They introduce an ontological view where consciousness comes first, then physical matter. They accuse the deep state of trying to control the UFO issue and argue that this control is slipping. They also mention the shift in human understanding and intelligence since leaving the Kali Yuga in 1698.

The text presents an exploration of human psychic abilities, arguing that they are real and inherent but misunderstood and suppressed, especially by the "Deep State." The author examines misconceptions about telepathy, asserting that the Deep State fears psychic abilities as a threat to their control and secrets. There's also a belief that increased galactic emanations will make humans smarter in the future, leading to the fall of the Deep State. The COVID-19 situation is mentioned as the last failed attempt by the Deep State to exert control.

The text presents the idea that humans and aliens are PSI-enabled creatures, leading to a potential conflict with the deep state. The author explores ancient literature, including Sanskrit, ancient Chinese, Japanese, and Zoroastrian texts, and uncovers instructions on cultivating "siability," or psychic abilities. These teachings offer insight into interacting with space aliens and potentially offer protection. The author expresses frustration with current AI technology while conducting this research. The text also touches on the dynamics between the developing reality of UFOs, the deep state's attempt to control it, and the universal awakening that's going to render the deep state obsolete.

The text discusses the significance of the foreskin, connecting it with psychic abilities (referred to as "Psi" or "psiability"). The loss of foreskin through circumcision is believed to disrupt certain nerves that extend to the brain, hindering psychic development and bonding with women. The author mentions the implications of this on the ability to fly ancient flying machines (Vimanai) and the practices of ancient traditions like Taoism and Zoroastrianism. The deep connection between foreskin, psychic abilities, and space aliens is emphasized, and the author concludes by promising further insights into psychic abilities due to the impending return of space aliens.

#Aliens #Ashkenazi #Ashkenazis #COVID #Chinese #DarwinianEvolution #EricWeinstein #Essenes #Elohim #Japanese #KaliYuga #PSI #Psi #Sanskrit #Taoism #Zoroastrian #ZoroastrianLiterature #ancientLiterature #bonding #broadcastingThoughts #cementfencing #chores #circumcised #circumcision #consciousness #control #controlMechanisms #cultivation #deepState #deepstate #delivery #dynamicProcesses #editing #exploration #failure #foreskin #galacticCenterEmanations #galacticcenteremanations #goldenAge #gritphysics #humans #hormones #labels #men #medulla #mindToMachine #misunderstandings #nerveCells #ontologicalcreation #paranoia #protoplasm #psychicAbilities #psychicDevelopment #psychicphenomena #receptors #secrecy #secrets #selfDestruct #siability #spaceAliens #stateOfBeing #swearing #telepathy #talents #theoreticalphysics #tractor #trend #universalAwakening #UFOs #vagusNerve #vimanai #women

PSI Future - 08-09-2023

It. Hello humans. Hello humans. It's 1030 in the morning on the 9 August and just now heading in for the second time. So I've got another one of these little talks.

I'll see if I can edit out all the swearing and shit.

I just gotten into town, just barely meet, reached out. My wife called me and there was a delivery of this fence material I'd ordered. So I had to dash back here to get it done right to actually accept the material and so on. And then of course, it was a big screw up all the way around and we didn't get the weeks notice we needed. So I didn't have a crew here to take these thousands of pounds of cement fencing I'd ordered and had to use my inadequate tractor, which was too much for the weight.

Almost lost the tractor. The rear wheels were lifted up off the ground. It's a four wheel drive, continuous kind of a tractor power track. Good size horsepower and stuff. But the forks are only rated to 900 pounds and it was probably closer to a ton that was on that one, pallet.

So dangerous as fuck. Happened a couple of times. Another load was almost too much, but we got it all done. There was some damage on some panels, but it's cement so I can repair them. So it's not going to be that bad.

And it's not like it's going to go out on the street side of things anyway. Pain in the ass. So now I'm heading in to do all of my chores. Several hours late, missed one meeting, had to blow it off. There was no way I could do that if I had to come out and get all this stuff.

And so now I got to go in and do all of the chores and try and catch up on the day.

I'm trying to think if I've done everything as I left, was it done appropriately? I think so.

I'm pretty sure anyway.

Okay, so later on I'll get around to throwing Audacity on the new box. I don't have a lot of software there because I just built this new server anyway, but I'll put that on there and edit out the previous talk, edit all the swearing and all of that shit at the end when I got the phone call. In any event, so here we go. Off into town. Now, what I'd sort of talked about earlier was the meaningfulness of having had a prescient projection of UFO stuff in the month of August and having had that available in terms of its impact since 1997.

Okay, so that is a meaningful thing in and of itself that such a thing actually happened.

Okay, so on the nature of meaning, though, I don't want to say this, okay, so the deep state is desperate to control the UFO issue, right? They're desperate, desperate, desperate. And here's why. At a basic level, the existence of UFOs chops the feet out from under the deep state. So if UFOs exist, evolution is horseshit, okay?

Because there is a real solid potential for humans having had and other critters having had our genomes fucked with ergo, darwin's stitching together all of these weird facts to form. Darwinian evolution is horseshit. Right? You can't have Darwinian evolution absent an isolated system. It can only work if the system is 100% isolated from everything.

Since we know that not to be the case, darwinian evolution is a bogus idea. We also can make other statements more assertively about physics and physics being 100% garbage as we've got it now, having come out of the Kali Yuga being dominated by the Ashkenazis, who insist that you can't do physics unless you can prove consciousness arising from grit. And the Ashkenazi dominance of the theoretical physics world means that if you bring up the idea of an ontological creation, that is to say consciousness exists, and then it creates grit in order to have experiments and do stuff in those experiments or for whatever reason, right? But consciousness is first, grit is second, and never will you be able to get grit to adhere to the point that it would create consciousness. If you have UFOs, then that is the assumption you have to make.

Because the UFOs defy all of our understanding of physics and their mere existence tells us that our understanding of the world of the universe is wrong, at least insofar as the academics. So you see, the deep state has got real problems with UFOs. They must do everything they can to try and control them, but they're in a real world of hurt at the moment. That real world of hurt is that they're losing their grip on all of this, and they won't be able to maintain control at all of anything for too much longer. But a lot of it's going to be shed as the UFO issue emerges into our hard reality.

And as that occurs, we're going to have all different kinds of forces that create changes in our paradigm. And those changes in our paradigm are going to be very substantial. Right? So we've got to throw out the idea of theoretical physics as it's constructed now because it only deals with grit and never deals with ontological creation, with consciousness existing first. And until it does, it's useless, absolutely useless.

And it'll never bring anything to the UFO picture. So this is why we've got people like Eric Weinstein, who I'm assuming his credentials are valid, and he actually did go to school and did study the grit physics that the Ashkenazi promulgate and got a degree and stuff, right? But his degree is now useless because UFOs mean that his grit only grit all and grit uber ollis view of reality is bogus because you don't get UFOs from grit. So anyway, so the UFO issue brings us up to a much bigger issue insofar as the deep state is concerned, you would think there would be no bigger issue than their bonafides for existence, right? So you'd think there would be no bigger issue.

But there is. The bigger issue goes to their ability to control. So the bigger issue is psychic shit, right? Okay, so we'll call all that PSI. PSI as the Greek letter PSI.

Okay? So psychic stuff means that the deep state has lost 100% control. Because think of it this way. If UFOs show up, which they have, and if UFOs are doing things that defy our Ashkenazi view of grit only physics, which they do, then we have to have some other conclusions. We have to open our minds up to the concepts that things are not as we would describe them from our Kali Yuga influenced academic view of reality.

Bear in mind, we're coming out of the Kali Yuga 100 years from now. Humans will have much more galactic center emanations available to them. Humans will be born smarter, far smarter 100 years from now than they are now, just as we are born smarter than the people 100, 200, 300 years back. We left the Kali Yuga in 1698, okay? So just ahead of the 17 hundreds.

And note what happened in the 17 hundreds. Giant blossoming of all kinds of science, okay? Much of it is wrong. Like Darwin. Much of it is based on a bogus understanding of reality that's been created and maintained by the ashkenazi.

Either they don't know or they do. They may know at the upper echelons. They may know that their view of reality is bogus, and they still maintain it because it suits their purposes. Or they may just be ignorant and not know that it's bogus. That's possible as well.

Anyway, though. But neither one of those really need concern us because it's all falling away. We're losing that view of reality. We're going into psy world, okay? Science fiction world.

But in science fiction world is psy world. In psy world, basically we acknowledge that there is an ontological creation for universe that precedes the grit. The grit comes from that consciousness that existed ahead of it. And that as embodied bits of consciousness, that is to say, consciousness trapped in the grit, trapped in the physical form. Blood, flesh, bones, teeth, and nails kind of thing, right?

Some of us don't have hair, so not even worth mentioning. But anyway, so we would have to acknowledge that we are our consciousness from the greater consciousness, encapsulated in bits of protoplasm. That being the case, there's all kinds of things that that consciousness can do. And that being the case, we would want to do that well and explore it. And so that's what we'll be exploring, myself included in these future years, is psy psychic abilities, right?

And we need to do all kinds of stuff with it. We need to get better definitions. We need to get firm methodologies. We need to understand how it works, why it works, et cetera, et cetera. So there's tons of work here for us to redo our paradigm out of the grit only view.

And this is very upsetting to the Deep state because imagine what this means. It means that humans are psychic, okay? This will be established by the space aliens as we go forward. And being psychic, humans are going to have the ability, whether we okay, so we have the nascent ability to do psychic things. Whether or not we're able to individually do those psychic things relative to our bodies and our understanding of reality at this moment is not the issue.

What is the issue is that the controllers, right, the powers that be, the deep state, they don't want you to ever acknowledge that you are psychic because you might then cultivate those talents. And here's the thing. They don't know nor do they understand psi stuff. And so they have terrible definitions. All of us do, by the way.

So all of psi stuff is littered with labels that are meaningless, but they're meaningful in the sense that they direct us away from something that's solid. So telepathy is a conjunction of the word tela, meaning far or distant, and empathy, okay? And it comes from a definition that was established in 1887 after the Ether experiment. And it was thought at that time, okay? The definition was a coincidence of thought that requires a causal explanation.

So basically what they're saying is two people have the same thought and we have to figure out something. We have to have an explanation for why that occurred. And so that's telepathy is a coincidence of thought between people. Now, mostly people think of telepathy as like radio, a sender and a receiver. And it doesn't work that way, right?

So we have to undo all of these labels that have been put on psi stuff deliberately. So to be misleading by the deep state, because we need to understand psi stuff does not operate from a grit only perspective. So from a grit only perspective, the definition of telepathy is a sender and a receiver of a thought. And that really freaks them out, okay? Because actually it's their own misunderstanding that freaks them out, makes them really paranoid.

Because the deep state is under the opinion that one person could send a thought to another's mind or could receive a thought from another's mind, okay, as though broadcast. We don't have any evidence for that at all. It doesn't work that way, in my opinion. I'll get into that in a minute. So the idea would be that the deep state would freak out because they only exist by way of secrecy.

You cannot have a control structure operate our country that does not exist on secrecy. We've been trained to that. And so every single fucking thing that the government does is made secret classified. We've got more classified documents than there are humans on this planet by tons and tons. I mean, every time they do something, they say it's a secret and they classify it.

Most of these are useless. They don't need to be secrets. And we put too much energy into keeping them secret in order to maintain the Deep State's ability to control. But what if humans recognize that they are Psy creatures, have psychic ability, and even though it doesn't work by broadcast and receiving, what if they could suss out the secrets of the Deep State via these PSI capabilities, which I'm going to say are abilities or talents, okay? Because they can be cultivated and made stronger.

And so that's the way a talent.

If you don't have any arms and you're born without arms, you're not going to be a very good tennis player even with an engineered prosthetics, okay? If you've got arms and you go and play tennis, you might be a very poor tennis player, but at least you have the capacity to become better at it, to cultivate that as a skill so you have some inbuilt native capacity to do the tennis thing, that is, to lift the racket and smack the ball. And then you have to cultivate the technique in order to get good at it, right? And so there's all these different things you got to coordinate to do that. So this is the way it is with Psy.

So we have the capacity to be Psy beings and we just need to open ourselves up to that and we then become Psy beings and then thereafter it's like any other skill and you can cultivate that skill and get better over time and have better results. And this kind of shit freaks the Deep State out. They don't want you sussing out their secrets. They don't want you being able to look at these fuckers and say, oh, he's lying right now, and blah, blah, blah, and here's what he's lying about, right? And I can see this off to the side of him that it's this particular area that he does not want us to talk about.

That kind of shit's going to be happening much, much more as we go forward. So it is my premise that, as I stated, a couple of hundred years from now, humans will be born with better intelligence than we have now, because there will be more Galactic Center Emanations reaching us because of the nature of our sinusoidal looping around the third minor arm of the galaxy up and down. So there's a 26,000 year cycle that has our solar system go up and down relative to the edge of the galactic plane. As we come into and align with that edge, there's too much material between us and Galactic Center and it screens out all of the Galactic Center Emanations. And so we have our Kali Yuga during those period of times because we're not getting the Galactic Center Emanations and we are not as good as we could be had we gotten all of those.

So humans, when we get maximum galactic center emanations in the golden age, we are have to be some really spectacular motherfuckers. Whereas right now it's like we're crawling out of the Kaliyuga, crawling out of the mental, you know, Plato's cave is dark in there, right? But once we get into the golden age, there's no issues there. So anyway, so as we go forward here, we can expect the deep state to crumble. No matter how much they put into trying to maintain themselves, it is inevitable that they shall self destruct, a, because they're going against the paradigm of the universe, which is where we're at getting more energy, humans being smarter, et cetera, et cetera.

So the trend is our friend and fighting the trend is a stupid thing to do. And the deep state is in a position where they are locked into fighting us and so they're basically on their way out no matter what. Even if there's no coordinated effort to get rid of them. So many people will awaken as a result of all of this stuff. More people being born that will say, no, fuck the Jabs, I don't want any of that shit, no more vaccines for my family.

All of this kind of stuff will do away with all of the control mechanisms that the deep state has put in place. And that was their last gasp, okay? The COVID thing was their last gasp of being able to enforce authoritarian shit. It won't fly now. They're not going to be able to COVID us into lockdown for climate change.

They're just not going to be able to do any of this stuff because they blew it. They did not succeed in what they wanted. It was inevitable that they should not succeed. Universe doesn't favor them. Yada yada yada.

Anyway, so humans are PSI enabled creatures, as are the aliens. And this is where it's going to get really sticky for the deep State. They've got to introduce the aliens because the aliens are going to introduce themselves no matter what happens, are introducing themselves. They just don't give a shit that we see them anymore.

The deep state has to deal with it. They're going to try and deal with it with their authoritarian, we're in charge, blah blah blah. Space aliens are going to be talking to you through us kind of shit, which ain't going to happen, but they'll try and put that out there. This is going to cause a very interesting period of time with these schisms between the developing reality of the UFOs and the deep State's attempt to ratchet the whole thing down and maintain control. So this is why everything is so fragile, so shrill, this is why everything is so on the edge, is because we are at that point where all of the deep state stuff is failing based only even against what universe is doing, to say nothing about the rest of us.

So all we have to do is keep on keeping on and the deep state is just simply going to fall away. It's not going to dissolve of its own initiative, but it will be dissolved by universe anyway though. So the sci stuff, this is where it gets real interesting. So now I have found the instructions in ancient literature from the previous Bronze Age, so back 5000 plus years, maybe even from the previous Silver Age, which would put us closer to about 8000 to 10,000 years back. But I found these instructions encoded in ancient literature that are taken to be religious in nature and they're not.

So just like Patanjali's Yoga Sutras, you can look in other religious traditions and find that the same thing has happened. That there are step by step by step, very factual, very straightforward, non embellished instruction sets that have been assumed by now over all of these centuries to be some kind of a religious instruction, when in fact it's an instruction that's all just do this, do that kind of a thing. Right? Now these instruction sets, the ones that are in Patanjali's Yoga Sutras as well as other Hindi literature or other Sanskrit literature of that same era, so in other words, we don't know who the authors are, it's unattributed, that kind of thing, right? The same characteristics.

So we've got other literature in Sanskrit that is as in the same way as Patanjali's Yoga Sutras. It also is referencing these mind to machine interfaces. So I found that using Chat GPT and it's a pain in the ass, took me hours and hours and hours that it should not have. I should have been able to explain it to Chat and have Chat go do this without being a woke fucker. But in any event though, so I found this, I found it in other traditions.

So within some of these other traditions though, you find other information that is as obscured as are the Yoga Sutra instructions. I don't want to get into too much detail unless I'm prepared to really discuss it all, but basically I found a set of instructions on siability, on cultivating siability in humans. And within these ancient literatures there is not a labeling process that is obscuring. So it's difficult for many people to see and understand these as the kind of instructions they are until they're slightly reworded. And then you get the idea this has to do with the nature of how these ancient peoples conceived of things like data arrays and other elements like this.

But anyway, so if you follow these instructions, you can elevate your siability. And this is important. Okay? So now the instruction sets that I've found are talking about Siability, not in relation to the mind to machine interface to the UFOs, but rather as Siability relative to dealing with, quote, the gods. Okay, those who descended on Earth and are fucking with us.

And how Siability trained in these now hidden schools, now relegated to religion when they were not. These Siabilities will aid you in surviving the interaction with the space aliens. And we find these Siability discussions now buried in like Taoism literature, right? And some of the more arcane shunted off to the side ancillary kind of literature for the main religions. So I found it in ancient Chinese, like really ancient Chinese where the AI didn't understand it and I had to go and do my own fucking translation, which is a pain in the ass.

But in any event found it there, found it in some Japanese literature and found it in Zoroastrian literature out of Persia. That was a real boon. Okay? So the Persians were every bit as data driven as the Hindus of the same period in interacting with the space aliens. And these instruction sets on Siability, as I say, that are coming out of the Zoroastrian literature do not have the current mostly put on us in the 18 hundreds misunderstanding of Siability.

So in the Zoroastrian literature it describes what we call telepathy, okay?

It uses a word that is a form of the word to share, okay? You have to be very careful in getting into this literature, into all of this stuff because you need to understand language at a very deep level because these people that wrote about this material also understood language at a deep level. So they make very great distinctions in terms of states of being as opposed to dynamic activity. And so you have to understand when you read certain words, whether you're reading it as a verb infinitive or as a past tense or other form of that same verb, it gets into grammar and shit that I don't want to go into. But basically you have to understand whether you're dealing with a state of being or a dynamic process.

Because these people were able to differentiate between the state of being that is caused by adopting certain dynamic processes and then those dynamic processes that would be available to you should you achieve that state of being which they assumed you could do just as everybody could do. So there's a lot of stuff in there about training your mind, cultivating these skills and so on that I'm getting into probably will work up some kind of a coursework it's that valid to go through it. I may translate it all. I'm having to locate it in several different volumes so it becomes a pain. It's not like you can say it all came from this book and you can go and find it.

Right? I can do that on Patanjali's Yoga sutras. I can point out the various different sutras and stuff. The Zoroastrian literature is a little bit different because within the Zoroastrian literature is a level of self referential linkage that you don't have in other social orders. So at the time that they wrote the Zoroastrian literature, they basically had very extensive understanding of library science.

And so they would provide you with links to other material, referencing it by the nature of the material, not by the author or the title of a book or whatever it gets involved. Anyway though, the deep state is going to freak out over humans cultivating Siability. Humans will cultivate Siability in a huge way once we got the UFOs down here and shit happening. In spite of the fact that the deep state is going to do everything they can to keep humans dumbed down to the whole concept of siability relative to UFOs.

It is quite clear in both the Zoroastrian, in the Sanskrit Patanjali stuff as well as in some of the Chinese material that you travel by virtue of your mind identifying with a point in space. And then activating. That's the whole issue of dynamic versus state of being. But activating the machinery that you're tied into, usually you're tied into it by putting your hand into a receptacle and it takes all of these points off of your hand in terms of notes. Now something to note here is that if you're circumcised, sorry guys, you're not going to be very good at this, okay?

It has to do with the two to 5 million nerve cells that are taken away from you. And it was done deliberately by the Elohim so that the people, the Ashkenazi and then the Essenes, who the Ashkenazi later called Jews, it was done so that these people would not become psychic, okay? So it was one of the mechanisms of controlling the herd was to lop off the foreskin with its two to 5 million receptors. The reason that they do that is because this foreskin with those receptors completes the last segment of the vagus nerve. So now here's something else.

Space aliens are not equal opportunity employers, okay? So they will not put women flying these machines. And if you read the various descriptions, there's only two women ever cited as being able to fly Vimanai in the past and one of them ended very disastrously. But in any event though, so women are not able to do it. Men that don't have foreskins, they're not able to do it.

Okay? You won't be able to do these side techniques. And that has to do with the nature of the development of this nerve. So all of those nerves in the foreskin ultimately join to the longest nerve in the body, which is the X nerve. It is the 10th cranial nerve.

There's twelve, some people claim 13, but there's twelve cranial nerves. And number ten, which is the one almost all the way back at the very back part of your head, that's the one that joins to the vagus nerve system. The vagus nervous system is this giant plethora, giant matrix of nerves that connect all your major organs except the adrenal gland. But all of these organs and the vagus system have adrenaline receptors. Okay?

Now here's the thing this is the longest nerve in your body. It goes from the medulla all the way down into the abdomen. But if you're not circumcised, if you're a whole person and you don't have any problems that way, this nerve ultimately extends all the way down to the tip of the penis because the vagus nerve joins that complex that goes through and shows up there. And a lot of these are not like sensory nerves in the sense that you push on it and you feel something. A lot of these nerves are related to the uptake of pheromones, hormones, all different kinds of things, right?

So it's said in a lot of literature that men who are circumcised can't effectively bond with a woman because you don't have the receptors to pull up and induce this bonding formation within your brain. Yes, you can do it. It's not 100%. If you get a bad circumcised job, maybe you lose 5 million of these cells, maybe only 2 million, right? So it's going to vary.

It's not 100%. All people always under these circumstances. But literature says, don't put a circumcised male in the pilot seat in your vimana. All different kinds of stuff like that. And in the Taoist and the Zoroastrian traditions there, they caution against attempting to train circumcised males in this psi stuff as not being particularly worthwhile, that there's going to be problems, and then they go into why there are problems.

With the intact foreskin, you have a nerve that goes from the medulla, which is in the middle of the brain there, all the way down to the end of the penis. And at the same time, it also branches out, okay? So it becomes very much a web. It's a giant antenna for psychic shit, which we all have to cultivate now. And I'm here for my first stop.

And I'll continue in on this Psy stuff. I'll be doing this for months, guys. It's a big subject and it's going to take a lot of discussion just to even come across and touch some of it. So I found 300. I think there's 304, something like that.

Instruction sets in Zoroastrian literature for psi stuff. I've also found literature on how to test people for psi stuff and how to aid people in cultivating it. So there is a rich tradition out there that we'll need to know because those fucking space aliens are coming back and they're all about Psy, okay? They're filled with buckets of this stuff. Anyway, I'm here now.

I'll pick it up later.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Crispr Critters – 06-14-2023

Crispr Critters - 06-14-2023

Crispr Critters - 06-14-2023

Episode Summary:

The speaker shares personal insights and theories about inner abdominal fats and their effects on aging and health. Emphasizing the harmful effects of seed oils and the importance of specific exercises, systemic enzymes, and devices like zapper belts, the speaker discusses methods to reduce abdominal fat. Success stories are provided as evidence of the effectiveness of the methods. The speaker also humorously speculates about the existence of space aliens and human genetic modifications. The text is filled with conversational tones and a mix of scientific explanations and anecdotal evidence.

The speaker discusses their work with a group of unconventional, retired linguists, unbounded by institutional rules. They explore theories about space aliens like the L that dominated Earth during the Bronze Age, genetically modifying humans, and speculate about ancient historical events. The speaker also discusses the limitations of human genetic modification technology, such as CRISPR, and how it only burns out genes rather than inserting them. They criticize the misconceptions about genetic modification and emphasize the failure of attempts to insert genes. The speaker also makes an observation about coastal hawks.

The text discusses theories surrounding space aliens, human DNA modification, and their connection to various periods like Kaliyuga. It asserts that space aliens, adapted to galactic center emanations, visited Earth and altered human DNA, with emphasis on white people and Asians. The writer connects this with UFO sightings, suggesting they've increased post-Kaliyuga, possibly due to our position relative to the Galactic Center. The author also mentions deep-state studies on human genetic modification and speculates that this alien interaction may increase as we move towards the Silver and Golden Age.

The text discusses a theory linking sudden changes in food plants and animals to the involvement of space aliens and CRISPR technology. The author expresses skepticism towards Darwin's theory of evolution and mainstream religious beliefs, connecting ancient civilizations to extraterrestrial influences. The text further implies that the revelations about space aliens and GMOs in humans and plants may cause upheaval in traditional religious thought. Mention of traffic problems and new lines on the road are also included, leading to a closing note on the impending societal change.

#AbdominalFats #AFib #AdamAndEve #Aging #aliens #altered #animals #artifact #Asians #battling #Bible #BronzeAge #Bromeline #burn #burnoutAreas #burnoutProcess #BurstExercising #change #clone #coastalHawk #collateralDamage #consternation #constraint #coronavirus #corporate #corns #CRISPR #Crunches #damagePoint #Darwin #deepStateStudies #differentiation #discussions #DNA #DNAdamage #DNAModification #dogmaticReligion #drugs #EL ##evidence #evolution #explore #fact #faith #falcons #fish #foodAnimals #foodPlants #fossilRecord #fringePeople #frying #GalacticCenter #genePairs #genes #geneticallyModify #geneticallyModified #GeneticallyModifiedOrganisms #geneticModification #GoldenAge #GMO #God #Health #heartAttack #humanSacrifice #humans #IceAge #IndusValley #institution #invasion #Jews #Kaliyuga #KerryCassidy #KhazarianMafia #Kinesiologists lines #linguists #Liposuction #logs #machinery #Mahaparata #maize #medicines #Messiah #modified #MuscleTone #Muscles #name #NDA #physicalRelationships #plants #poisonousPlant #PolyunsaturatedFattyAcid #potatoes #problems #primates #pressure #Pyramids #RalphGroup #religion #research #residualCivilization #RespiratoryProblems #retired #ribBusiness #SeedOils #SilverAge #SimonParks #socialOrder #spaceAliens #spikeProtein #superBacteria #superiorBeing #supervirus #SystemicEnzymes #TorahLiterature #traffic #translation #truck #UFOActivity #unmodified #Upanishads #varieties #Vedas #war #wheats #WeightLoss #whitePeople #wonkiness #Yuga #ZapperBelts

Crispr Critters - 06-14-2023

You. Hello, humans. Hello humans. It's still the 14th, it's about 1030 ish heading out now, heading outward bound. So I have to head inland to do purchasing of almost any kind.

And then I have to head out to the coast, right? And I go until I hit the water and I stop. And that's where I live.

Interesting, though, I was talking earlier in the previous podcast about this idea of seed oils and inner abdominal fats. Turns out that these inner abdominal fats, the fat in between the internal organs, in the abdominal cavity, are hugely aging in the sense that if you have the fat stored inner abdominally, it puts pressure on the organs, causes all kinds of problems, and you end up with deteriorating health and a rapid aging. So you can overcome this. They've done some analyses, some kinesiologists and stuff, right? And they put on various different kinds of gear, had people exercise and so on.

They found out that these interabdominal fats will release and be shed even after things like liposuction and stuff, as long as you stop the seed oils, because the seed oils create those. And so you don't want to have any kind of seed oil intake because it'll put you into this particular kind of a process and build those back up. But if you do burst exercising, so they're saying like intense, intermittent kind of exercises. So not like 20,000 crunches, but like lots and lots and lots of real fast crunches in a short period of time, then that works, right? That'll work.

Well, there's another aspect of this that they didn't examine in this study on the fats, but it's not like they're easy to shed. But you can easily set yourself up into a process to whereby your body wants to shed the inner abdominal fats, and that is by a combination of these burst exercises. And I'll get to that in a second. And systemic enzymes. Now, what you want is not just digestive enzymes, but you want those in there, but you want systemic enzymes.

So Bromeline and some of these others, the Peptininides, I think they're called, they're systemic enzymes. And so they circulate through your system and they basically help attack the fat and get it in a position to be shed, even if it's been caused by seed oils, where it's not quite really fat. It's a puff up fatty acid, polyunsaturated fatty acid. And so the body doesn't have a real easy mechanism for getting rid of these. But if you take the systemic enzymes, that keeps a situation going where it AIDS that.

And then if you do the burst exercises, well, there you go. So I know a guy who he's in like maybe 54, mid fifty s, and he has that pregnant man look, right? He has the bulging abdomen. When he breathes, his abdomen doesn't really move. He's doing all of his respiration in the upper part of his lungs.

It's called caused all kinds of health issues. He's been going to doctors for monthly, weekly kind of thing for a long time, trying to deal with these issues because it's affected his his health in a very deletorious way, because of the breathing, because of the pressures that the inner abdominal fats put on the organs, which then in turn push back on his breathing. So he has breathing problems at night, all these kind of things, right? He's got to have one of those sleepy machines where it blows the air into your snout so you don't snore and have heart attacks, all of that kind of thing, right? He gets AFib as a result of this.

And so this was maybe so this would have been October. I was telling him about these enzymes and my approach to the burst exercises, to the intense exercises, and my approach is to simply buy one of those reasonably cheap zapper belts, okay? They're these exercise belts or I don't know really what they're called. I've got an old one, and I use it occasionally on some of the muscles that need stretching and so on. But you spray water on the belt on the inside of it.

It's got velcro, and you wrap it around your gut and you put it on, and then it's got a little tiny battery pack, and it sends little bursts of electricity into the muscles of the abdomen. And it does it in a particular pattern of like, 1234, and then 20 of them real rapid, and then a break, and then 1234, and then 20 of them rapid, and then four real deep ones and then so on, right? So it has this irregular pattern, and that's what you're after is the irregular pattern part of it all. It's okay to have a programmable one, even if it repeats the same pattern constantly. That's okay as long as there is a disruptive nature within the pattern, as long as it's not the same amount of electricity for 20 seconds or whatever.

So that it's a variant, and it causes this dynamic, basically, instability within the muscles. They quiver a little bit, and this causes the basically it gets the body to thinking it's got to get some energy here. And it starts using that because of where the electricity is directed and starts working on the inner abdominal fats. This guy I know, like I say, it was probably October, maybe it was early November. I was talking to him about it, and man, he was really quite noticeable, okay?

He had his shirts. They could never really quite button. If it fit him in his shoulders and his arms, it wouldn't fit him around the middle. So he's had all kinds of problems as a result of this, but he's like, hugely reduced now. He's, like, lost over a quarter of the mass that used to push out from his abdomen.

His doctor is really pleased. He's down to one visit a month, sort of like a maintenance how are you doing kind of thing. He's off a lot of the drugs he used to take, and he's feeling a lot fitter, and he's getting a lot more muscle tone, too, because the little electric jolts to the abdomen have a tendency to sort of energize the whole system. And he's out there doing regular exercise now, going out and being much more active and so on, right? So it does work.

I've known other people that have done it. Depending on how large the mass of abdominal fats is, it can take a year to lose. But it's continuous, it's steady. So you see the progress. So you don't really sweat it much, right?

As long as you don't eat the seed oils. And so some people, they get into hidden seed oils and they're just not aware that they're getting them, but that's just enough to keep it triggered. And they run into these barriers or periods where they're sort of in limbo, and it's because there's a hidden source of seed oil in their diet. And this guy was talking about he found one in his breakfast cereal. He thought he was eating some high quality cereal for breakfast.

I don't know, whatever. He told me the brand name at one time, but I didn't remember it. But it's not your regular old cornflakes or anything, right? But in any event, it was made with seed oil. And once he eliminated that, his weight loss and the mass loss came back.

And now he's at that point where the mass loss is much more noticeable day by day by day than it used to be when he started. So the further you progress into it, the more the results show up anyway. So it does work, and you can do that. And maybe it'll keep the space aliens from snatching you and wanting to snort your fats.

Really? They huff them? They don't snort them. It's a question of they burn them.

So I've got a developing theory, right? And so this developing theory goes along on the ideas that the space aliens landed here. They pretended to be gods for a bunch of our cultures. They set themselves up as gods for a bunch of our cultures. The L mucked about with us in our DNA.

And we're all basically GMO, right? We're all basically genetically modified organisms.

I've had some discussions with some of my Ralph group. This is the radical ass linguistic fuckers. Right? Basically, it's a bunch of old retired linguists doing research that is not bound by institutions. So I've never worked for an institution, and I never signed an NDA.

And I'd always off be doing side hustles and inventing shit and this sort of thing. So it's never really been a big deal to me. But some of these guys I'm working with have been corporate creatures all their lives. 35 years at the same organization. One guy there was working for Lockheed Martin and he was like, 37 years.

Anyway, so they appreciate these guys appreciate being able to just explore this stuff without any kind of a constraint on what we learn and where we're headed with it. And some of the things that we've come up with are perhaps a bit disturbing at some level. It's factual. And then you go over to the speculation as to the why. So we have a lot of facts, and then we come up and we say, okay, now why did this occur?

Right? And so one of the things we can ask is why did the space aliens come here and invade at the end of the last Silver Age, right? And they were invading, and they dominated the 2400 years of the last previous Bronze Age. And then some of them, the L stuck around for most of the Kaliyuga, but then they took off. All right?

So we can speculate. We can say that. Well, there's indications that the L, as well as the other space alien, all the other space aliens that the L came with or were fighting with, we don't know how that occurred. So the L may have arrived here independently. They may have been part of this larger body and split off with them.

Nonetheless, the larger body left many centuries, perhaps over a thousand years before the L ended up leaving. And this is the whole abandonment thing with the Jews. This is the whole second coming thing. This is the whole Messiah thing all wrapped up with the L because they said, hey, we're going to come back, right? And the L were attempting to genetically modify people.

We know this is factual because the Judeans recorded and the Jews, who are not Judeans, who are Khazarians, who are Ashkenazi in their Talmud and everything, they record that it took like 100 plus years for Adam and Eve to be created, and that's when the Jewish calendar begins, is with the creation of Adam and Eve. But there were humans here for so that's not the first persons, right? Those are not the first men. There were millions, billions of people that had lived here prior to the L creating their GMO products. And we know that we're GMO because we've discovered some interesting stuff here.

It's been known, but it hasn't been discussed. And it's coming out in an interesting way at the moment and in its circulation. Okay? So here's the thing.

We have machine and software for genetically modifying things, okay? So we call our machine CRISPR, all right? Like, you got some crispy fries, okay? So this implies heat. This implies frying, right?

And so we call it CRISPR, and we don't call it insertomatic or the insertion machine or anything. We call it CRISPR. It's going to burn stuff out. And so here's the actual facts of the matter. You get a lot of these fringe people that will tell you that, oh, blah, blah, blah, genetically modified cloned all this kind of thing, right?

And this is all horseshit. Maybe aliens can do that, but there's no sign of that, okay? So we humans cannot insert genes into DNA cleanly, all right? It took falki's people like, five years just to get the spike protein to attach to the outside of a coronavirus. It wasn't monkeying around with any of the DNA of the coronavirus.

It just got this thing. It took them that long to get it to attach to the outside. So our CRISPR works not by inserting genes. It has not got that capacity, okay? All it can do is burn out a gene sequence.

And it's not that precise in how it burns it out. So you get a lot of collateral damage. And so when you try and do GMO kind of things, you get a lot of wonkiness simply because it's not very precise. Our machinery and our understanding is less than super efficient. Now, on the other hand, that's also true of the L, okay?

The Elohim were not that good. They did not insert genes. So humans have 23 gene pairs, right? And so our 23 gene pairs are one gene pair less than most of the other primates. There are a couple of primates that have 28 gene pairs, but almost all of them have 24.

So we are superior than in arguably than apes, et cetera, et cetera. We're probably the dominant native species on the planet, but we have one fewer gene pairs than most other primates. So it worked by destroying a gene pair on us. Now, here's what we find. If you actually look at human DNA, we can see that we're Gmoed because there is an artifact of the burnout process in our second set of gene attachment in our DNA.

So if we go down and we go through all of our genes and check them all out, our gene pairs, all 23 of them, when we get to number two, we find that if you look at all of their primates, we don't have the number two and the number three organized the way that all of their primates do. We have our number two indicating that there used to be two genes there. It is an artifact of being Crisped, of being burnt out. So they burnt out what used to be our number two gene, and therefore three became two, et cetera, et cetera. Right?

But there is a damage point at the old number two where that attached. Our damage point is indicating that we were GMO'd and that they used CRISPR technology. So we are not a superior being by virtue of genes being inserted into our DNA.

None of the stuff we do with genes in any other organism is anything other than burning out and destroying some in order to cause change. So not something that most people understand. So most of the Simon Parks or Kerry Cassidy, any of these kind of people, right, they think we can insert genes. They think we can just create shit. And this is what the Khazarian mafia want you to believe, this, right?

They really want you to believe that it's possible for them to create a supervirus by shoving all these genes into a new organism or a super bacteria or something, right? We can't do it. And you know that they would do it if they could. They're desperate to do it. They've been spending millions and billions of our dollars for decades and decades to do it, only to fail repeatedly, constantly.

They cannot insert a gene and even the L could not insert. So when they made Adam and Eve, they took natives here and created Adam and Eve. And for Eve it took seven years after they had Adam as a pattern and they used his genes to create her, the whole rib business, right? And it took them seven years and we don't know how many they killed of their trials before they got know. There's some of the numbers you can't really trust in the Torah literature because it goes to the idea of particular kind of understanding of numeracy and why they insert the numbers.

But in any event though, so we know it was seven years and it may have been hundreds, maybe thousands of attempts to create female for Adam and they failed. Wow. Coastal hawk don't usually see those here.

They usually are just in the brush on the coast. Very fast creatures. They're almost as fast as falcons. A falcon can dive at over 200 miles an hour. Coastal hawks are a little bigger, they've got bigger feathers and so forth.

So they're not quite as fast, maybe. They'll certainly do over 100 miles an hour on a dive. And it's a small one pound bird, but coming at you 100 miles an hour, that's going to hurt. Itch it anyway though, we've got burnout areas in our genetics we know we're modified. There are unmodified humans on this planet, okay?

And there's whole strains of them all over the place. And the Ashkenazis, the Khazarians and the Jewish society that they're wrapped in wants to destroy white people. Well, white people are Gmoed, okay? There's no question about that. We are the GMO on the planet and the space aliens engineered us.

They fucked with our DNA for everybody, but they really did it for the white people, right? And so we have suppositions about various aspects of the genetic modification of humans from other primates, let's just say over 250,000,000 years ago, that kind of thing, right? So we've been around a long time, but the nature of what the L tried to do with us is still very interesting and we don't know why they did it anyway. But on timing, I think there's reasons that the space aliens came and invaded us at the time they did. I think that these reasons are involved with the energy from Galactic center and that's what personally, I think that's what caused them to leave.

I think that these space aliens come from a place that's much closer to the center of the galaxy. And in that sense, they are like habituated to or used to a certain level of energy coming out of galactic center emanations, whatever kind of radiation that actually is, they're used to a certain level of it that's much higher than we'll ever achieve out here. And that's why I think they built the guns, their bubbles, their electronic blisters that covered up huge areas of land. And these were to retain or hold in levels of energy so that the space aliens would feel comfortable and have more or less the same kind of environment they had had at home with the same level of galactic center Emanations. But at some point, we got so far away from the angle that allows the galactic center to get the radiations back to us.

And so that's our Kaliyuga. And so most of the space aliens left before the Kaliyuga, before it got that bed, the L stayed around. So they were atypical relative to the rest of the space aliens that came in this early expedition, and they hung around a lot longer. Not necessarily a good thing. We don't know why.

And then they left at about maybe 100 BCE.

We would think of it as 100 Ad. 100 current area, still well within the Kaliyuga even before the peak of it. Now, if there was a galactic center connection through its Emanations to our area, to space alien invaders, so if there's a galactic center connection to the space alien invaders, in other words, they're coming from the areas where they get more of these rays, more of the Emanations from galactic center. And so they're all pumped up on it and stuff, and they come on out here and they leave when it becomes too dense. So we have too little of those rays coming in.

These guys leave because they just can't take it, right? And it's just too bleak for them, so to speak, and they all take off. Now, if that were a reasonable supposition, and if that was a supposition that reflected a pattern, in fact, and in history, then we could postulate that they may be back, that the space aliens would come back and interact with us, but they would not come back and interact with us within the Kaliyuga. They would come back and interact with us as we got out of the Kaliyuga and got into the bronze age, the ascending bronze age, which is what we're in now. They would come back because of the level of galactic center emanations reaching the area would be of a sufficiency for them to feel comfortable or whatever it is that is causing them to react to it.

And this is, again, speculation assumption, right? But it is curious that we have all kinds of reports of space aliens carved into rocks and all this sort of thing. Mesoamericans Chiseling very extensive multilayered, multidimensional drawings of space aliens and their craft using devices, this sort of thing. And all this happens before the Kaliyuga. Then we come into the Kali yuga.

And we lose a lot of that impetus towards creating documentation about this, whether it's carved in stone or written on a papyrus or whatever. Right. But we notice that the documentation levels of this kind of thing drop precipitously as we go into the Kaliyuga. And then now here we are on the other side of the Kaliyuga and hey, 1947 we get the UFOs being seen near Mount Rainier. Now, they were here before that, but we came out of the Kaliyuga in the 17 hundreds.

So we're 325 years beyond the Kaliyuga now and look at how much space alien activity or UFO activity, we don't know there's actually space aliens, but UFO activity is showing up. Right. So there's a whole lot more activity now than was recorded two or 300 years ago. And it is not, in my opinion, due to the lack of the ability of humans to record it in the past because we were so stupid or didn't have pencils or paper or whatever, or film and video and stuff. Rather it is because we're out of the Kaliyuga and the UFO visitation is really ramping up.

So this is an interesting idea that it may be where we are relative to the Galactic Center that induces visitation by UFOs. And so if this is the case, then 1 may presume that as we go further towards Galactic Center and further towards the Silver and Golden Age from within our Bronze Age, that we'll find more and more and more interaction with UFOs and then ultimately interaction with whoever the hell is piloting and owns these things. Just an idea, right? It seems so far to be holding water, this idea. We'll have to see if it progresses and maintains the same level of fulfillment or integrity.

So we could have all the UFO visits drop off and cease like right away, right? Just not have any more after this. I don't think that's going to be the case. They appear to be ramping up. We're having more and more and more on a monthly basis and in an annual basis.

They're getting more intense and more bizarre as we go on. So I don't think that we're going to be into it like a downward trend. Thus I think that this does have a tendency to support the idea that where we are positionally relative to Galactic Center is an aspect of why we are being visited. Right. It's an aspect of why we are attractive to them, is somehow interrelated to the fact that we don't have Galactic Center emanations constantly.

If we did, humans would be a lot smarter, everything would be a lot smarter. It'd be an entirely different solar system that we're in. So that was just a bit of information about that and the CRISPR thing. So we know that humans are genetically modified. There are some I think they're deep state, we'll just call it that.

There are some deep state studies relative to genetic modification of humans, and they're going out and doing DNA sampling, and they're trying to get some of these groups that are, like, isolated to provide DNA samples and so forth. And so I have heard that they've not found any uncrisped they've not found any 24 gene pair humans. There probably are some, but they haven't found any. So everybody's got 23 gene pairs, but they have indeed found that there's that well, let me just put it this way, okay? So white people and Asians are most likely to carry the most damage in the DNA at gene adhesion point number two, right?

And really what happened is that the gene pair in number two got burned out, and so our number three became number two. But there's an extra gap there. There's an extra little bit of space, so to speak, in the DNA that shows up. And as a result of that, they're able to pinpoint people with this. Now, everybody has this to some degree, but the level of damage is more severe, more telling, in the DNA of white guys and Asians.

I won't go into that. But there's this one guy that works for I knew him at department of fisheries when it was still department of fisheries before it became merged with wildlife.

Anyway, he was in what they called the head lab, and he did lots of DNA stuff on fish. And he saw a number of signs that in his mind, suggested to him that our food animals and our food plants had also been altered. Now, this is interesting because there's coincidental physical relationships between our foodstuffs and humans. So we find that, for instance, there was a particular point where all of a sudden there was just a bloom of humans all through south America. And at that same point, there's one particular poisonous, very deadly poisonous plant turns into over 300 varieties of potatoes.

And that that occurs those 300 varieties of potatoes. That differentiation occurs in an extremely small period of time, like over the course of 40 years. Insofar as the fossil record is concerned, we can't pinpoint it down to a particular year, but maybe it happened like, in a particular year, but over this period of about 40 years, they've got the record of 300 varieties of potatoes emerging. And this is not alone. We also see this has happened with maize, with corns, we see it with wheats.

We see it with all kinds of plants and animals that we end up then interacting with and using as food that did not exist before those humans were put there. So anyway, so I'm of the opinion that evolution is described by Darwin as horseshit, that he left out so much of the evidence and ignored so much of the evidence and was totally ignorant of the Kali Yuga and totally ignorant of our previous human social societies. Right? So he didn't know about the he was of the opinion that the pyramids were made in this current modern era. Probably he was of the opinion that they were created by the Jews because the Jews were saying, oh, well, we were the slaves and we built the pyramids, which is horseshit.

The pyramids predate the last ice age. And so Darwin didn't know about a lot of this stuff. So he had a particular naradigm that suggested that it was just straightforward linear progression from cavemen to where we are now. And that's not the case. We go through these great civilizations that then crash and then us fuckers rebuild and then get a new civilization, which is what we're doing now.

We're in the rebuilding process. And then it crashes and it starts all over again. And this is coincident with the Yuga, which is coincident with much reduced emanations from galactic center. Also in the Kaliyuga, we get human sacrifice, which does not appear right. So they didn't even have war in the Silver Age.

In the Indus Valley with millions of people living there. There was no sign of war toys, there was no sign of arsenals. There was no sign of religion at all, right? There were no synagogues, churches, no buildings set aside for any kind of religious worship. There were no idols found.

There was just nothing. They just didn't have the concept anyway. So our interaction with the people that fucked with our genes and stuff goes so far as to include our foods and a lot of the things that we consider to be medicines in terms of these kind of plants. We're actually some of our Ralph's here, our radical ass linguistic fuckers, we're also exploring food and drug plants that were drugs because a lot of these appear to be Gmoed, right? Long before we got to them, long before humans had CRISPR.

But nonetheless, these things seem to show that they also had CRISPR impacts on them.

Yeah, sorry about that. Got a bit of traffic stuff here. When we have traffic problems out here, it's usually really fucking dangerous because you're talking about 50,000 pounds of logs on a truck, giant log trucks anyway, though. So I'm very careful. We have new lines, by the way.

The county came out and printed new lines. It's just like blinding. They won't last. Tourists will wear them down really quick.

Anyway, so we're at that point where I think over these next few years we're going to get into the serious way, get into space aliens. This is going to cause a lot of pressure on dogmatic religion, right, where people will say, I believe the Bible, and this is in spite of the fact that you can prove it was badly translated, that most of the Bible being the Old Testament. And so in spite of the fact that you can prove that the original language was not what is in English in any way, shape or form, right? Even though you can prove that factually, they are dogmatic in saying that somehow this was their God that made these words appear this way through these translators or whatever the fuck. And they're going to believe it no matter what, right?

So they are firm adherence and that's fine. I like people with faith. That's good. It'd be better for me if faith could be based on fact, but that's neither here nor there. But this is going to put a huge bit of pressure on these guys as we go forward because of the nature of what we're getting into here, with the discussions of the space aliens inevitably bringing up Gmoed humans, Gmoed plants and animals, et cetera, et cetera, and the fact that all of our religions are based on space aliens.

So almost all of the Vedas, all of the Mahaparata and Upanishads and all of this are based on a space alien presence. That space alien presence was battling against what we think was a residual civilization from before the Ice Age. A residual human civilization. But we know they were battling it, but we don't know who was in what position or what the roles were or any of that.

But nonetheless, as you can see, this is going to cause some level of considerable consternation with religious people when you come on up and tell them that, hey, guy, the word in your Bible that's been translated into the word God is in fact, in the original. It's just simply a word for the name for the space aliens. It's their name. And we don't know what it means. It's just their name.

As I say, this is going to cause some humans a whole lot of problems as we go forward with all of this. Anyway, guys, going to be fun times. Nothing like a mass of amounts of change in your social order to get everybody all whipped up. Take care.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Dwapara Virtue – 05-27-2023

Dwapara Virtue - 05-27-2023

Dwapara Virtue - 05-27-2023

Episode Summary:

The text presents a philosophical and metaphorical discussion of time, not as a dimension, but as an active entity that powers reality and has dynamic qualities that can be manipulated. Using the analogy of our solar system's elliptical revolution around the galactic center, the speaker frames this in the context of ancient Hindu Yuga cycles - Golden, Silver, Bronze, and Iron, each with different effects on human progress. They state that we are in the Bronze Age, ascending towards the Galactic Center, which they associate with innovation and growth, evidenced by advances like electricity and mass communication. Lastly, the speaker discusses the current educational system's inadequacies, advocating for a shift from teaching subjects to teaching children how to learn.

The text discusses varied learning styles and the importance of discovering one's own, to optimize individual education. It emphasizes an ongoing process of learning and adapting to new knowledge, amidst an era of information explosion. The author cites historical instances where vital knowledge was lost due to the destruction of important literature and discusses theories about the evolution of religions and significant earth changes. The text also explores the impact of our proximity to the Galactic Center on human consciousness and the concept of experiencing different ages in many lives, emphasizing that disruption and recreation are necessary for novelty in our quest for new consciousness.

The text describes a historical perspective on the role of the Khazarian mafia, relics of the Kaliyuga period, influencing major societal changes through religious and socio-political manipulation. It emphasizes the concept of warfare and human sacrifice originating from the Kaliyuga, affecting religions like Judaism and Christianity. It also suggests the role of space aliens in the conquest of ancient, non-warlike societies. Additionally, it talks about how the Khazarians used hypnotic substances to infiltrate and influence empires, leading to their destruction. Finally, it mentions the ongoing struggle against the Khazarian mafia's influence, rooted in a 6000-year-long conflict involving space aliens.

The text discusses a concept of harnessing energy from the universe's vibratory frequency, suggesting the potential to create a chip resonating with the frequency, thus generating electricity. This could form a fuel-less source of power, lasting indefinitely with proper engineering. The narrative also critiques Einstein's time-space dimension concept, arguing time can be manipulated differently, unlike space, and Einstein's view traps physics in materialism. The speaker sees a future beyond this, with the potential for groundbreaking discoveries once we move past these existing paradigms.

#6000YearBattle #AncientSocieties #AquariusAge #Ascending #BeyondMaterialism #BronzeAge #Catharism #Cathars #Christianity #Conquest #Consciousness #Kozyrev #Education #EllipticalRevolution #EmpireManipulation #EnergyHarvesting #EnergyInjection #EinsteinCritique #Evolution #FreeEnergy #FuturePhysics #GalacticCenter #Growth #HistoricalInstances #Humanity #HumanSacrifice #HypnoticSubstances #Innovation #Judaism #Kaliyuga #KhazarianMafia #KnowledgePreservation #Learning #LearningStyles #NewEnergy #Novelty #PulseOfTime #Religion #ReligionsEvolution #Reality #Shamanism #SpaceAliens #Time #TimeManipulation #UniverseVibration #Warfare #YugaCycles

Don't say that about Charlie's clone! - 05-07-2023

Hello, humans. Hello humans. It's coffee break time. So May 27, about 915, something like that, out in the greenhouse doing a bit of weeding and a little bit of cleaning up and taking a break for a few minutes. Hello, doggo.

Anyway, let's talk about time is in my view, time is what powers our reality is this pulse. And the, quote, aftermath of that pulse is what we call time. And it's basically an injection of energy into our area here.

And the residual causes us to have this sense of duration and the passage of time. And the pulse itself is the creation of the reality in our consciousness in this coordinated fashion. It gets real complex when you look at it at that level. But we needn't discuss it there today. Some of the interesting parts of this, though is that time has active properties.

It's not a dimension. Okay? So Einstein came along and said, oh, well, we'll just treat time like it's any other dimension, right? So it's like distance, something like that. Hang on a second.

scripty noise.

And it's not time is not a dimension like distance. We can actually do things that alter our reality through time. And Cozy Rev has a number of experiments that do this exactly and precisely. And measurable and we're on the process of identifying the active and dynamic qualities of time which can be manipulated and used by humans. Now, time scales.

So time stuff that we can actively manipulate with our little experiments with bowls of water, mercury or lead weights or something like this. The time stuff itself also affects galaxies, stars, planets, humanity, the materium itself and so operates at that scale as well.

Time is a tool of universe and there's all these different qualities that we put to it relative to our human experience. But we do know that there are differences in time based on the quality of the temporal flux, if you will, the flow of it all. And so our solar system, we're in the third minor spiral arm of the Milky Way galaxy. Our solar system, based on where it is, has an apparent 26,000 year revolution around the center of the galaxy. This revolution is elliptical, it's not circular.

This revolution, as an ellipse has a very much narrowed tail, so to speak. Okay? So our ellipse looks much more like a comet with its tail than any other form of an ellipse. The tail part is elongated relative to the position of the galaxy center relative to our elliptical orbit. So we spend more of our time in the area closer to galactic center as a solar system than we do spending time in the tail end of it, so to speak.

The tail end of it also seems to have a definitive hook where we sort of turn the corner. That turning the corner. All right. This great year takes 26,000 years approximately. It can be divided in half into 213 thousand year segments.

Each segment can be thought of as either ascending, in which case our solar system is moving closer to Galactic Center, closely closer to the influences of Galactic Center, or it can be thought of as descending, in which case you're moving away from Galactic Center.

Yugi Cycles and the corresponding Dwarpa
We consider that chunk of our exposure to Galactic Center to be the Golden Age. And in terms of the Yugas the Yugas, there's four Yugas. They're divided into gold, silver, bronze and iron. We've just come out of the Iron Age, just come out of the Kali Yuga. We're out of it by about 325 years, little over that.

So we have thousands of years to go before we get to the Silver Age. The Bronze Age that we're in now, the ascending Bronze Age, we're heading back towards the Galactic Center. That ascending Bronze Age is 2400 years long, and we're only into it 325 years. So we've got over 2000 years to go in this Bronze Age. We're going towards Galactic Center.

Okay? So there is a noticeable effect from the Yugas wherein humanity has more get up and go and more going for it as we head into Galactic Center, and we have less as we head away from Galactic Center. And on our furthest point away from Galactic Center is we are at our most dense. We ain't got shit. We've just come out of this.

Okay. The Kaliyuga was that part of our history where you didn't have electricity, you had the bare minimum of stuff in the way of energy. You didn't even apply the word energy to your own body. In fact, that's only in our lexicon since the early 18 hundreds, where they started applying some of these terms to the human body and stuff, and we started thinking about ourselves in a different way. Okay?

So we can I'm not going to get into this too much. It could take days, but we can plot where we are in and we have proof that we're no longer in the Kaliyuga. This is not a supposition. It's not an abstract mathematical calculation. There is definitive proof in our actions out here.

In reality, that definitive proof is the fact that we have electricity, the fact that we have mass communications, the fact that we have growing science, the fact that we have splitting diversifying science, even, however fucked up it is at the moment, so on and so on, right? So that we are in a period of growth. We're not in a period of becoming more dense. So on the other side, on the descending side, going into the Kaliyuga, there was a period of time in a Bronze Age, 325 years before we went into the Kaliyuga, where we started losing well, we were losing we were losing stuff all the time. We were losing the ability to do X-Y-Z and this sort of thing, right?

This is why we find all of these great monuments and crap all over the planet, the pyramids, these great cities, all the carvings on the temples in India, all of these different kinds of things that appear to have been done with and we know we're done with a technology we no longer have. And that that technology has been disappeared into into the realm of history. This was as we were going into the descent into the Kaliyuga. We've rounded that descent. We've come out of the 1200 years of the Kaliyuga, and we're into the 325th year of the Bronze Age on an ascending fashion.

And you will note, we've invented LEDs. All these different kinds of things are all happening all at once, and it's just like this bloom or explosion of new ideas, new thoughts, et cetera, et cetera. This is a very chaotic time indeed, as we know, and we have ourselves in the midst of a great war that actually has its roots in the Kaliyuga, which I'm going to in a minute. Anyway, one couple of things to note here in the Bronze Age in this particular time, we have got more subjects than you can imagine, and our school system is breaking down because it's still trying to teach subjects. So in my opinion, there is no fix for our school system.

If you're going to try and just teach individual subjects to kids, how many and what subjects are you going to try and teach? Right. It's not sufficient to teach simple mathematics. You need to now start thinking about teaching algorithm construction, design, pattern analysis, for computer software, et cetera, et cetera, all that are based on basically arithmetic and mathematics. And so we have all of these different kinds of things.

So in my opinion, the way to approach this is to decide that schools are not for teaching stuff. We've got the Internet. We've got all these other resources for learning stuff. So in my opinion, schooling should be to teach children how to find how they learn, okay? So until you know how you learn, you're just stabbing in the dark at trying to acquire knowledge.

And so for some people, they're going to learn a language best by hearing it spoken. Others are going to want to learn to read it. Others are going to need to use AI for repetition to get the memory down, all different kinds of different approaches to this. And until you explore that and find out which way you learn, you may be choosing the wrong way to learn something, and therefore, you will be failing just because you chose the wrong way to go at it. So if I were going to set this kind of thing up, I would teach kids how to discover how they learn, and that'll change over time.

How you learn will change over time. So they need to know that this is an ongoing process, that they have to keep acquiring and sharpening that particular skill. And then I would describe to them the basic shape of the learning universe. This is what math is. This is what it's used for.

This is what linguistics are. This is what they're used for. This is what science is, and this is how it's used. And then show them all the cool stuff and let them and get out of the way and let them decide what they want to learn. And then simply provide them the backup to get into the individual subject to the depth that they want to do.

So and then tell them, okay, now in order to survive, you're going to have to understand certain things in our reality at a bare minimum. So let's devise a plan so that you will have these things acquired at a bare minimum level that makes you proficient and you can just get beyond what's going to be required, being able to drive or read road signs or whatever it is, right? There's some basic level of understanding that everybody needs to have. And then you go on and learn whatever suits you really, in this new modern age. And there's tons of stuff to learn and participate in.

And so that would be my approach to dealing with being in the Bronze Age here, with the explosion of new knowledge and new approaches to knowledge.

Now, the war we're in at the moment, okay, so let's be really factual and clear about this.

In the descending part of our great year, we lost all kinds of information.

At one point, they burned all the books in China, okay? Like at 200 Ad or 200 BC or something, this weird ass emperor went ahead and burned all the books in China. There was this guy that burned all of the books. There were scrolls in northern India at one point, and this was like, I think, 600 BC. I can't think of his name.

But they were convinced that books were bad and had evil and stuff in them. So they just decided to save their society the trouble for whatever reason and burned all the books. And reputedly the burning of the books lasted so long and was so fierce that the sands and everything around that area were baked that were vitrified by the heat that was generated, but that there was actually a smoke column that could be seen 1000 miles away.

They really put some work into it. So we lost lots of information. Now there is some stuff that's been saved, some stuff that was there was 10,000 books hidden in this one Tibetan monastery. There was reputedly another 35,000 books written in very, very ancient Sanskrit that were hidden in this particular behind a wall in a cave that is the back of this other monastery in northern India and so on. So there are repositories of some of this level of knowledge from the previous Golden Age that have survived the previous Golden Age and Silver Age that survived and were hidden in the last Bronze Age.

And so note that at the time, they were in the Golden Age, when they hid Gobekli Teply, when they buried it so that it would survive. And there's probably other ones like that that were also hidden deliberately from what was going to happen, and they knew what was going to happen anyway. So let's be real clear about this, that with the exception, the presumed exception of the Jain religion, that's J-A-I-N there's no other religion that has no other philosophical understanding that has come down to us from the previous Silver Age, okay? We think that the Jain religion appeared sometime in the descending Bronze Age in that 2400 year period just before getting into the Kaliyuga. There.

Let me see, so probably 3000 years back, we start getting all different kinds of religions popping up, hindu religion, all these offshoots of that. Prior to that, it appears as though there was what we can call the science, okay? And the science is the Sam kia. And Samchia is a philosophical approach, scientific approach to determining who you are and what is the nature of universe by examining your consciousness and then everything that is not your consciousness as universe decides to present it to you and noting not only what is being presented, but the order in which it's being presented. And it's in a relationship with everything else that has ever been presented to you up until that point and all your knowledge.

And that from this, apparently, Jainism became distinct sometime back in the very beginning of the previous Bronze Age on the way down.

That was a coincidental period to all kinds of stuff in our history in which there were vast quantities of movement of people and not in some level of Earth changes that we can get into. So these Earth changes at that period of time were the creation of deserts, basically, and may have also included the freezing of Antarctica. So Antarctica may not have been frozen over prior to about 8000 years ago. And that that was the case. That that the reason that it froze is the sort of like the opposite of the reason that we have the deserts in that there are some literature suggestions that there was an atomic war and one of the weapons used in the atomic war was a scalar weapon that was like the reverse of an atomic weapon and that it didn't blow things up, it froze things.

And they froze Antarctica with this, like, you might think of as, like a directed energy weapon, kind of cold beam sort of thing. Right? There are some hints of that in some of the older literatures that that was the case. We also find that the creation of all the religions so Judaism is a Kaliyuga thing, right? And as we're going in descending side, going into the Kaliyuga, christianity came about just as we're getting into the Kaliyuga.

So these are all remnants of the Iron Age, when we were where you didn't have energy, the best you had was a sailboat. We knew all of this stuff though. We had designs for water wheels, we had designs for windmills, all of this kind of stuff. But no one built anything, right? No one did anything.

There was not a level of energy within humanity that allowed us to be that progressive and do shit. And this is coincidental with, of course being the furthest possible distance away from Galactic Center. So the supposition from our own experience and from all of the science and stuff, is that the closer you get to Galactic Center and the reason we call these things the Bronze, Silver and Golden Age is because you're exposed to more and more and more and more and more and more and more and more and more energy at a consciousness level. And that truly your consciousness changes as a result of that. And you experience that consciousness differently than you will in the Gold Age, than you will experience in the Silver Age, than you will experience in the Bronze age, than you will experience in the Iron Age.

You're going to have many lives. So you'll experience all of these at some point, you'll connect with each of these different ages anyway. And that this aspect of time scales, this is an aspect of the time stuff. This is an aspect of time doing this in order that there might be novelty, that there might be disruption, that therefore there could be recreation from the disruption. All of these things are necessary that there might be novelty in our search for the actual new, for consciousness itself.

Anyway, so all of the religions basically are artifacts of the Kaliyuga and we are fighting now against the Khazarian Mafia. Now, the Khazarian mafia has deep inbuilt remnants of the Kaliyuga in it. So there were no insofar as we're able to determine in looking at ancient societies that we have physical evidence for throughout India, Africa, all these different kinds of places where there's remnant stuff about the social order, including even Brazil. Now, in the Amazonian Valley, we're finding the remnants of rather sophisticated social order in terms of number of houses and granaries and this kind of thing, right? But anyway, we find that these people were not warlike.

And thus that makes sense that we see in the Jewish literature and other literature about how easy it was to conquer these people, how easy it was for the space aliens to come down and conquer these people. And because they were not defensive, they didn't have warfare as part of the thing. They did even they didn't even consider it a feasibility. It didn't even take it into account. And we think of it as natural that there's enemies, et cetera.

Prior to that time, apparently the concept of a generalized enemy state or war state didn't really exist. And so we see that they're conquered by the space aliens. We end up getting Judaism as a result of the interaction of the Ill with the Judeans and the Khazarians. And these people solidify their power and stuff and come through the Kaliyuga they have within their religious structure, as we see in Christianity, are remnants of one of the main horrific aspects of the Kaliyuga, which is this idea of personal body sacrifice. All right?

So prior to that period of time, going back into Sam kia, we find the idea of discipline and austerity. And then over time, it mutates down into, like, serious sacrifice on yourself, starving yourself in a fast to try and get enlightenment the way that Buddha did, right? It doesn't work. It's stupid. It destroys your body.

There's all different kinds of problems with it. And even Buddha comes out and says, oh, don't do this shit. But anyway, that was a kaliyuga twisting of that discipline mindset that comes out of some kia that leads to this ultimate idea of personal sacrifice that then gets twisted over to actual physical sacrifice where you conquer a tribe. And you kill for political reasons as well. But you go through and you kill randomly.

One out of every ten males that survives this kind of thing. And that leads to these are all artifacts of the Kaliyuga. We don't find evidence of sacrifice at any level in pre Kaliyuga civilizations except for just before the period of time that Kaliyuga starts up. So at the very tail end of the other Bronze Age, within that last, say, two or 300 years of that Bronze Age, we start seeing signs of it. And it reaches its peak at about 500 Ad.

At the very peak of the Kaliyuga. And it reaches its peak in Mesoamerica, where they were reputedly sacrificing between a quarter of a million and a half a million people per year, cutting their hearts out very religiously and systematically and precisely destroying the body, separating it out into all of the various different bones and storing all the bones separately. And all of this kind of stuff, all about these rituals around the sacrifice aspect of it. Right. And we see the physical sacrifice of children in Judaism and the reputed tainting of the Jewish Talmudic philosophy with all this sacrifice stuff, which was actual physical sacrifice of children.

We see it in the Old Testament, where so and so is going to stick a knife in his kid, right? And then now, even centuries later, even out of the Kaliyuga, there's still this taint against Judaism relative to sacrifice. And we saw it as late as, like, the 1920s, where 300,000 Jewish people or more were attending a big convention or something, I think it was in Chicago. And they did a ritualized sacrifice of a child in the belly of this furnace thing. And to this day, nobody knows if it was a real child or if it was a mannequin or what the hell was going on, really.

We have film of it happening and everybody got really whipped up by it. But these are all remnants. We even see the sacrifice, the human sacrifice in the wafer and the wine stuff in ancient Christianity frozen by a Khazarian takeover in 325 Ad. So Constantine, who froze Christianity into Catholicism, it was 1200 individual sects of thought at that time. And he froze it into a religion and they called it Catholicism and he tied it to the Old Testament, okay?

Which was at that point, of course, it was the Torah. And it was being translated by these Jewish guys that were also spoke Greek and a couple of Greeks who also spoke Hebrew. And this was all under the direction of Constantine. But Constantine was in 325 Ad. Was 100% captured by the Kazarean mafia people, right?

They do it through mistresses and through drugs. Okay? So Constantine had a Khazarian mistress, as did I'm trying to think of the guy's name Justinian. So at the height of the Byzantine Empire, what happened to Constantine happened to Justinian, where he took a Khazarian mistress, who ultimately gets rid of the rest of the harem and using drugs, captivates Justinian and takes over the Byzantine Empire. And we see that within the next 40 years, the Empire is destroyed.

Now, it is true, there are consolidation waves, origination waves, consolidation waves and destruction waves for Empire that relate also to the Kali Yuga and the Dwapara, which is Bronze Yugas, right? And that this happens during this period of time. So this was not unexpected. It was just the mechanism by which it was done with the Khazarians is just very interesting. And they're using the same techniques even to the point of using the same species.

So there was this particular species of plant I won't go into it, I know what it is, and so on. And they got it out of Persia in both cases, right, or what we would think of as Iran. And this particular plant was used to create a drug that is a mild hallucinogen, an aphrodisiac, and even more importantly, it's a hypnotic it's this weird hypnotic drug. And so Constantine, his mistress and Justinian's mistress were both thought to be witches and both had, because of their Khazari and nature, had contacts through back through the Turkish peoples over to Iran. And it's known that they imported this plant to the respective courts in the empires they were involved in.

And so we see this influence throughout all history. And that's one of the things we're dealing with now, is this war against the Khazarian mafia. So that's why I keep saying we're in the process of dealing with a 6000 year long battle. Okay? There's also thoughts about that we can get into, and discussion we can get into about why the L arrived when they did and why the Theoi and the other ones that arrived with the L did arrive at that time.

There's also interesting notes that the Cathars, like the Khazarians, were driven out of northern India. The Cathars and the Khazarians both left, both were driven out of northern India by that war that created all of the deserts. That war involved the space aliens, the L and the Theoi and the Divas. So basically they're all space aliens. They're probably all the same group, we just have different names for them based on which group of human had to interact with them.

Anyway, that happens all at the same time. And so the Cathars go from northwestern India, they head down slightly south and then end up angling back up over to and settling in the coastal areas in Europe within outside of the bounds of the Celts and the Picks and these other tribes that were existing. And that these people that came on over the Cathars ultimately blend in with all of the Europeans and become the Saxons and the Toots and other Teutonic tribes there. That's where the Cathari approach to religion ends up in Europe. That's why it ends up in Europe.

Now, the Cathari religion is an interesting one, okay, so it's true that all religions stem from the period of time of the Kaliyuga. It's a period of time when humans are so dense they can't think right. We don't have enough light from the galactic center to spark our consciousness. And we have to do things through rote and through keep it together, basically by following the manuals, by following protocol until we can get back to a period of time where we can think it our way out of the problem. That's fundamentally a good description of what we have to go through as humanity.

There were, and there still are religious practices or philosophical practices that are not formalized religions that are not able to be tracked as such, but predate the Kaliyugan went through from the previous Bronze Age and they may have even come from the Silver or Gold Age, we just don't know. But Cathariism or and shamanism are two of these. And so the Cathari religion is just basically it's not so much a religion as a personal experience, philosophical approach of understanding universe that goes back to Sam Kia in that you examine yourself against what the material presents to you. And this one does involve the use of ecstatic drugs in the sense of hallucinogens and psychedelics and so on. So it's no different in that respect than the mysteries of Elysium or indigenous people eating peer cactus here in the Americas, which we know goes back at least 6000 years.

And that may indeed have been pre Ice Age. There's some suggestion of that. Anyway, so long understanding of all this. But time participates at a scalar level and is influencing humanity through those aspects as it influences us individually. And so we will find that as we go forward.

So everybody who's younger than me, who's going to live longer than me, will find that their minds will actually benefit going forward in time. Even though you're aging, you won't necessarily age and deteriorate mentally the way that previous generations have. We will lose a lot of that, right? A lot of the shit that we're carrying with us comes out of the mindset of these people that we're battling that want to keep us in the Kaliyuga. And so these are the people that want to do the human sacrifice, these are the pedophiles and so on.

All this is old Kaliyuga shit. We're dropping that as we go forward and our minds expand and universe won't permit it to continue. So we know that these guys are going to lose. This is the good part. As we're going into a we're in the new age of Aquarius.

We're 325 years into the Bronze Age. And as we go forward, more and more of the shit that was put upon humanity in the Kaliyuga falls off. And it is doing so not as an aspect of the materium, as an aspect of universe, without us necessarily having to do a whole lot relative to that. So we know that basically the trends are friend and we can harmonize with it and benefit from this harmonization. And we know that the stupid sacrifice people, the blood drinkers, the name stealers and this kind of thing are not going to come through in these next few hundred years for sure.

And that they will not make it into the Silver Age. They probably won't make it even halfway through what's left in the Bronze Age. They're due to have a major reduction in power as we get through this next little bit of increased energy. So each and every one of these things that increases the individual human potential causes a disruption in those people that get power by having humans be reduced, right? Slaves and so on.

So, for instance, we know that Zionism is doomed. There's never going to be any God that's going to come back and give any of these Jews 1000 GoI as slaves. No matter how much these people work towards that end, they are doomed because that's a Kaliyuga manifestation. And they're so stupid, they don't know we're out of the Kaliyuga. And that time does not support this anymore.

Now, one last thing, and I'll shut up and then I'll get some more work done here.

As we go through from Golden Age down to Silver Age, down to Bronze Age and then into Kaliyuga, and then in that period of time, we go from whatever energy sources were used by humans to do all that fantastic stuff in the Golden Age and the Silver Age. And then as we go down through the Bronze Age, we probably drop down ultimately into electricity and then ultimately into steam, and then finally into powering everything by shoving grass in a cow's ox's mouth and hitting him with a whip on the butt to make him go right, so that we. Get denser over time. We also lose capacity over time as we go down in this cycle and we also lose energy sources. But guess what?

Now we're in the up cycle. We're in the beneficial, the harmonious side of the cycle for us and we're gaining energy sources back. Look at how many more energy sources we have now. Look at how many different kinds, how much we're splitting the understanding of energy and getting further and further into it, et cetera, et cetera. I'm of the opinion that electricity has a limited use as we go forward and that we will lose electricity as a primary energy source as we understand it now.

And we will go to something that will be very much decentralized and that, by the way, centralization is part of the Kaliyuga and it's something that's going to drop away and fade away. All this stuff is going to fade. This is why I was going to say it's best to teach your own kids. Teach them how, they help them discover how they learn themselves and then give them the basic books, give them loom of Language, Mathematics for the Million, Biosphere by Bernadsky and a couple of other books. And then say here, these are your base resources, work off of these, you can trust these and we can filter everything through these books here.

And then what do you want to explore, kid? I'll help you out anyway though. So as we go forward here, I'm of the opinion we're going to lose electricity as a primary power source and we'll be moving into a new form of physics because our old physics, bear in mind, extends from the remnants of the Kaliyuga. It's an understanding of everything as grit as materialism. And we need to get out of that.

We need to start understanding everything as vibration and energy the way Tesla did. And so we will do that. I'm of the opinion that time powers everything at a level of vibratory frequency and it's 22 trillion times a second anyway though, so we can get into that. We're actually being able to make some headway with our time experiments here and we're going to do one around the planet here, probably sometime in Fall, where we're going to I won't go into it anyway though. So I'm of the opinion that we're about to shift in another energy sources, that we'll have new energy sources and this kind of thing, that we are not in a degradation level.

We're in a very fantastic change level where we're going to be losing. This is the last gasp of the Kaliyuga people, right? This is the last gasp of the human body. Sacrifice guys with all of this trans shit, chop your dick off for the greater god of our cult, that kind of thing, right? So this is the last guess.

This is not a continuing thing. These people are self destructive and this is going to universe in. materium is aiding that destruction because it needs to get them out of the way such that we can grasp this next bit of impulsive energy that will be coming our way out of Galactic Center. That once again is going to change all of humanity and Upwire us, so to speak. So anyway, that's the thought.

On time today, I'm really getting into this ship with the cozy rev experiments and as I say, we've had some success in this. Now, bear in mind what this implies, okay? So the implication is that if I'm correct and there is a vibratory frequency of universe that powers a non steady state universe at something over a trillion times a second flashing, and I think it's 22 trillion, but it doesn't matter. The actual numeric of it is immaterial. But the implication is that there would be some subharmonic that you could discover and you could just simply create a chip that wanted to vibrate at that particular frequency.

So maybe we're talking 22 billion times a second, I don't know, right? Some fantastically fast vibratory state. But there is some subharmonic of the flash rate of universe at which you could have a chip in its static state sit there and simply generate electricity for you because of the nature of what you would do to create that chip in harmonizing with the pulse in order to create that subharmonic. And so that would be your free energy you would have to create the chip. You'd have to put energy into making the fucker.

And it would not be trivial to do so. But once you'd made it, it would be a fuelless form of electricity that could just be plugged into shit. So you might have something like the size of a USB that you would just go and plug into something that was like a USB port and that would be your power source for that device. And it would basically last as long as the material of that device of the chip could withstand that level of vibration. And so I would expect the first ones basically we wouldn't know what we were doing and they would just flash into existence, create a shitload of electricity and then go poof because they were not engineered correctly to withstand the vibratory stresses on the material.

But that over time, we would get them to where they would be fairly long lasting. And so you could make one that might power a device for 1000 years or something anyway. And this is an aspect of the energy, the refinement of that energy, the getting out of the materialism and everything, that is an aspect of time as an active component of universe which you just don't find anybody who understands anything from Einstein's perspective dealing with because Einstein reduced time to a dimension. Okay?

So Einstein said in all of his equations that you might as well be dealing with distance whenever you dealt with time. And this is why we get this effect in all of these weird ass quantum equations where when you go to measure it, the waveform collapses and you get a number. But the quantum science, so to speak itself, doesn't tell you why that should occur. I can tell you why that should occur, and it's because Einstein took time and made it into a dimension, and it is not. We can demonstrate this by taking time stuff and doing active things with it in our reality.

And so I'm not able to take space out of the distance between myself and this tree over here and do anything with that space, right? It's like 25ft, so I can't take any of those feet out, and I can't put any more feet in there. So I know that this dimension exists and it's fixed. It has an enumeration that is fixed and won't change as long as the tree doesn't change its position and I don't change mine. That's not true of time.

We can actually take extra time stuff and shove it into the time space, so to speak. We need a whole new language to discuss all of this, but we can actively do that with cozy, rev's experiments, and he has done that, and there's others out there doing that as well. And so you can take stuff out of time and manipulate it, concentrate it, and use it, so you cannot concentrate distance. I cannot take distance out of the space between me and Alpha Centuri and do anything with it, but I can do that with time. And also, if we examine this and we take time and say it's not a dimension, then that instantly changes all of the calculations.

And you don't have to worry about curving space, because what you're having to do in all of those weird ass calculations is curve space time, so to speak, in order to accommodate the collapse of the time wave, which, like I say, is horseshit. Time is not a dimension, and I won't ramble on about that anymore. But Einstein is actually a remnant of the Kaliyuga because he was on the cusp, but he's a remnant of the Kaliyuga because he's trapped in materialism, as are all of the current atheistic, mostly Jewish physicists. All of that physics is trapped in this child sacrifice, body sacrifice, materialistic grit view of the world that is so Kaliyuga and is dying, and we just need to get beyond it, and we'll discover all different kinds of stuff. That'll be really cool.

Anyway, I got to get some more coffee and get the dog in and get some work done. Yeah, you get to go in now. Okay. Good girl. Woof.

Anyway. Okay, guys, talk to you later.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.